WQ0044892_More Information Received_20240430

Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N Salem Street, Suite 203, Apex, NC 27502
�k 1 t5tit1III IFI111,11.
G A R0,f
_ SEAL.,
024582 =
agriwaste.com 1 919.859.0669 -k2
April 29, 2024
Cord Anthony
Environmental Engineer 11
Division of Water Resources
Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Subject: Application No. WQ0044892
WQ0044892 Questions via Email from C. Anthony on 04.15.2024
2501 Hollyheights Dr. SFR
Wastewater Irrigation System
Dear Mr. Anthony,
Thank you for your questions regarding the application for 2501 Hollyheights Dr. SFR Wastewater
Irrigation System (Application No. WQ0044892). Attached, please find responses to each of the
questions/comments listed in your email dated April 15, 2024, titled "WQ0044892 Questions." To
facilitate the review of this response, I have included each question below in bold.
1. No depth to SHWT is provided for any of the Ksat locations. Please clarify.
Per Jeff Vaughan, LSS:
The SHWT depths for Ksat 1 and Ksat 2 were encountered at 1-2 inches above
the start of the Bt horizon below it (likely perching on top of the Bt horizon). For Ksat
1 and Ksat 2, the depth that the SHWT was encountered was 11". For Ksat 3, the
SHWT was encountered as soon as the Bt horizon was hit, at 11"
2. The profile description for Ksat Nest 2 states that there is an E horizon from 6-12"
described as having a clay texture. The E horizon designation typically indicates that it
is a horizon where most or all of the clay sized particles have eluviated to a lower reach
of the profile. Please correct or explain.

Per Jeff Vaughan, LSS:
The profile has been updated to reflect that the texture of the E horizon in Ksat
2 is sandy loam.
3. The soil Scientist Evaluation Policy recommends that soil profile descriptions extend to
at least 12" below the horizon that the Ksat tests are conducted in. The profile
descriptions provided do not follow this recommendation. Please explain/clarify or
provide more thorough profile descriptions.
Per Jeff Vaughan, LSS:
Each Ksat profile description describes the profile to a depth of 12+ inches
deeper than the depth at which the Ksat test was ran. All three Ksats were run in the
Bt horizon which typically had a thickness of 24-30+ inches. In AWT's experience, a
profile description to a depth of 12+ inches below the depth that the Ksat test was ran
has been accepted with no issues or additional requests by the NCDEQ.
4. There are 2 large, somewhat linear features that appear to be spoil piles in the middle
of the proposed disposal area. They should be excluded from the disposal area. The
proposed disposal area should be redrawn to account for this loss of square footage.
Per Kevin Davidson. PE:
The spoil piles were denoted as "Mound" on WW-4 of the engineering
drawing set with a note detailing that the pile must either be carefully removed to not
disturb soil underneath or use the allotted blanking to go over the mound. The area
was not included on soils maps because the LSS determined the soils underneath are
likely usable if removed correctly.
Per typical practice and due to the use of fill soil, the soil scientist will visit
the site no greater than 30 days prior to the start of installation to verify conditions
and evaluate site clearing efforts. In this case, removal of the mound and fill soil
incorporation success atop the area would be part of this evaluation.
If unsatisfactory, up to 127' of blanking could be required to accommodate the
affected 12 lines with a 2' offset from the edge of the pile. This would account for
approximately 20.9% of the 609' of blanking available, leaving 482' available to the
rest of the site. This equates to a reduction from 6.43% to 4.78% of the available
blanking usable for the site.
5. The soils analyses indicate pH values from 4.1 to 4.5, but no lime recommendation has
been made. Mature pine trees tend to prefer an acidic soil, but the values at the low end
of the stated range may be too acidic and should be addressed in the application's
agronomic narrative.

Per Jeff Vaughan, LSS:
Each profile (5 total) was sampled and sent to the NCDA Soil Lab for testing.
For all 5 samples, the NCDA had no recommendations for lime. In addition, up to 8
inches of fill material will be required at this site to achieve the required 12" separation
between the application surface and the SHWT.
Thank you for your assistance with this application. If you have any further questions or comments,
please feel free to contact me at 919-367-6310 or via email Kevin at kdavidsonga riwaste.com or
Jeff at jvaughangagriwaste.com.
Sincerely,
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
V.P. of Engineering
CAR oj
ti
Ilk !,
Q24582
Y• ~
(21VA
Sincerely,
Mux
Jeff Vaughan, L.S.S.
Senior Agronomist/Soil Scientist
VAu0,
,h i�Vl
Y• �Q
122� OV
¢0 NOR-TK G

Appendix List
Appendix A Updated Application Package

Appendix A
Updated Application Package.
ArRofr,,
SEAL = C
024582 _
I�21�-2-'A

Z;�' 2
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
� 1115011#tIIIfill,
i SEAL
024582
14,
Nathaniel D. Thornburg
Environmental Program Supervisor II
Division of Water Resources
NC Department of Environmental Quality
512 N. Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27604
Subject: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
2501 Hollyheights Drive, Durham, NC 27704
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Durham County
Parcel# 170486
Dear Mr. Thornburg;
April 29, 2024
Please consider this information for an application for a single-family residence (SFR)
wastewater irrigation system. The property is located at 2501 Hollyheights Ave, Durham NC
27704 (Durham County PIN: 170486). An AdvanTex treatment system with non -discharge
surface drip irrigation has been designed for the property. The AdvanTex treatment system and
dripfield are designed for a five -bedroom single family residence (600 gpd). The following
information is included for your review.
Appendix A: Cover Letter
- Included as this Letter.
Appendix B: Application Fee
- Application Fee Sent via mail.
Appendix C: SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
- Form Included.
Appendix D: Existing Permit
- N/A new permit for DEQ. County documentation included in Appendix M.
Appendix E: Property Ownership Documentation
- Property Deed Included.
Appendix F: Soil Evaluation
- Report Included.
Appendix G: Engineering Plans
- Drawings Included.

Appendix H: System Specifications
- Specifications Included.
Appendix I: Engineering Calculations
- Calculations Included.
Appendix J: Site Map
- Site Map Included (500' Radius).
Appendix K: Operation and Maintenance Plan
- Plan Information Included.
Appendix L: Operation and Maintenance Agreement
- Signed Agreement Included.
Appendix M: County Health Department Denial Letter
- Documentation Included.
Appendix N: Floodway Regulation Compliance
- The site is not located in the 100-year floodplain (per map)
- Information Included.
Appendix O: Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation
- According to The Natural Heritage Program review, there are no threatened or
endangered aquatic species located within the project area.
- Information Included.
Appendix P: Other Environmental Permits
-N/A no stream or wetland crossings.
Thank you for your review of this information. If you have any questions or comments on this
information, please feel free to contact me at or via telephone at 919-859-0669.
Regards,
Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
V.P. of Engineering

Appendix List
Appendix C
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System Application
Appendix D
N/A - New Permit
Appendix E
Property Ownership Documentation
Appendix F
Soil Evaluation
Appendix G
Engineering Plans
Appendix H
System Specifications
Appendix I
Engineering Calculations
Appendix J
Site Map
Appendix K
Operation and Maintenance Plan
Appendix L
Operation and Maintenance Agreement
Appendix M
County Health Department Denial Letter
Appendix N
Floodway Regulation Compliance
Appendix O
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species
Documentation

Appendix C
Wastewater Irrigation System Application

DWR State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans, specifications
and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T
.0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to submit all required items may result
in the application being returned, and will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one on ig_nal
and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
❑ The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina SecretM of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item IL2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
❑ Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
❑ Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
❑ The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement
shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall be
sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
❑ Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
❑ Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
❑ A completed copy of the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
❑ A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
❑ Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
❑ Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
❑ The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
❑ Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
❑ Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
L Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
❑ Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black box" calculations are unacceptable).
❑ Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
❑ Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
❑ Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
❑ Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
❑ Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
❑ Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
❑ Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
❑ A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and II x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
❑ Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(f), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
❑ How to perform routine inspections.
❑ A maintenance schedule.
❑ A troubleshooting guide.
❑ A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
❑ A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and Maintenance Agreement (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by all
deeded property owners.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Department Denial Letter (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environmental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
❑ US Amy Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Deliverv:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

DWR
State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16
L APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Justo Escobar
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: Justo Escobar per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b)
4. Applicant's mailing address: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27704-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) _-
IL FACILITY INFORMATION:
Title: Owner
Email Address: justoescobar22#,gmail.com
1. Facility name: Justo Escobar WWTS
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: 2501 Hollyheights Ave
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27704- County: Durham
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 36' 01' 27" Longitude: -78' 47' 51"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photography with ground control
5. USGS Map Name: National Geodetic Survey
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Engineer's name: Kevin D. Davidson License Number: 024582 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone] Email Address: kdavidsonkagriwaste.com
2. Soil Scientist's name: Jeff Vaughan License Number: 1227 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_)
IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00
2. Application fee: $60. 00
Email Address: jvaughankagriwaste.com
❑ Minor Modification
and most recent issuance date:
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide abrief project description: Residential single family dwelling
with AdvanTex pretreatment and surface drip disposal
4. Wastewater flow: 600 GPD
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTINUED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establishment Type
Flow Basis
Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units
Flow
5 Bedroom SFR
gal/day
120
5
600 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
600 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Permit/Certification
Date �
Droved ate
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Submitted
A
Nationwide 12 or 404
Wetlands 401
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 513' (BFE) feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Flood MW
Number 3710974900K
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G. S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(b) for the following parameters:
Estimated Influent
Designed Effluent
Minimum Required
Parameter
Concentration
Concentration
Degree of Treatment
(monthly average)
Prior to Stora e
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
350 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
BOD5
—
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
200 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
100 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 15 mg/1
rFec;Coliforms
<100 per 100 nil
< 200 colonies/100 ml
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T
.0605(g), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding?
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance planbeen submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Minimum Two:
Strand Fence
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VIL4.) exceed the
soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VIL3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(1), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1 total lamps: 1 and maximum flow capacity: 6 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between the
pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual alarms
that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-8 & Specification Page: Appendix H "Tanks and Risers" or ❑
No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-8 & Specification Page: Appendix H "Control Panel and Rain Sensor" or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(g), has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched seasonal
high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the facility's
irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet shall be
marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Irrigation
System
Treatment /
�Storage Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
100'
124'
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
art of the project site
46'
Any private or public water supply source
205'
187'
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
N/A
N/A
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
N/A
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
N/A
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
>25'
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
205
187
Any property line
>50'
>50'
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
N/A
Any water line from a disposal system
N/A
Any swimming pool
N/A
Public right of way
>50
Nitrification field
>50'
Any building foundation or basement
46'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEWATER TREATMENT & STORAGE FACILITY DESIGN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / Advantex
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft) /
Spacing s (in)
Volume
(al)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Septic Tank
1
Shoaf Precast Septic
10.5' x 5.5' x 5.83'
1500
WW-6
Sec. H-6.1
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
al
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Advantex Treatment
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
8.5' x 5.17' x 6.0'
800
WW-6
Sec. H-6.5
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
al
Reference
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
3" Diameter
6 gpm
WW-8
Sec. H-6.5
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufacturer or
Material
No. of
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Total
Voluame
Effective
Volume(gal)
Effective
Stdoarage
ys
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Shoaf Tank
1
12. 5' x6. 5' x8. 86'
4000
3076.5
5.13
WW-6
See. H-6. 1
e. PUMPS:
Location
No. of
Pumps
Purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
GPM
I TDH
Treatment Pod
1
Recirculation
Orenco Systems, Inc.
16.75
12.94
WW-8
Sec. H-6.4
Pump Tank
1
Field Dosing
Orenco Systems, Inc.
20.8
95.9
WW-8
Sec. H-6.4
f. BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
No.
Units Served
TManufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A
g. MIXERS:
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Power
(h)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
N.A
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6

VIL IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified:
2. What is the proposed cover crop? Grass
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series
Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
ft
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/hr
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/ r
Creedmore Sandy Loam
1
4-6 in (perched)
0.2
12.37
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
Area
Dominant
Designed
Designed
1
Latitude
1
Longitude
Waterbody
Field
(acres)
Soil Series
Rate
(DMS)
(DMS)
Stream Index
Classification
(RateR
in/hr)
( in/ r)
2
Creedmore Sandy
0.16 (not
12.37 (not
WS-II, HQW,
1
0.65
including
including
35° 55' 32"
-79' 10' 19"
16-41-2-2-(0.3)
NSW
Loam
blanking)
blanking)
0 I II
0 I II
0 I II
0 I II
Total
0.65
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photography with ground control
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: hlWs://ncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Ouality/Aquifer%2OProtection/LAU/Agreements/W S CA%2008-13 . pdf.
Spray Irrigation Design Elements
Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
NA ft
Emitter wetted area:
6 ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
NA ft2
Distance between laterals:
3 ft
Nozzle capacity:
NA GPM
Distance between emitters:
2 ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
NA / NA
Emitter capacity:
0.61 GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
NA ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
American Manufacturing
Coma n , Inc. / Bioline
Specification Reference:
N.A
Elevation of highest emitter:
357.5 ft
Specification Reference:
Appendix G & J
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I Kevin D. Davidson, PE attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
Hollyheights Residence WWTS
(Facility name from Application Item U.l.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
4�•': rat
SEAL =
024582
%� j'••FNGINEE�•'�p \�.
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
I Justo Escobar, Owner attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item I.3.)
Hollyheights Residence WWTS
(Facility name from Application Item II.I.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: a� e6a.:, Date: 08/09/23
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6

Appendix E
Property Ownership Documentation

Book8612 - Page910 Page 1 of 3
For Registration Sharon A. Davis
Register of Deeds
Durham County, NC
Electronically Recorded
2019 Mar 15 11:11 AM NC Rev Stamp: $ 72.00
Book: 8612 Page: 910 Fee: $ 26.00
Instrument Number: 2019007923
DEED
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
Excise Tax: 72.00
Prepared By: Lance A. Wootton
Return to : Grantee
Parcel Identifier No:
The property transferred herein ❑ includes ® does not include the primary residence of the grantor.
THIS DEED made this 12 day of March, 2019, by and between:
GRANTOR
GRANTEE
Jasmine Powell as custodian for Lyza Rose Daye and Justo Julio Escobar Godinez
Gia Denise Daye, under the Uniform Transfers to 15 Elaine Circle, Durham, NC 27703
Minors Act (NCGS Section 33A)
108 Carey Road, Bayboro, NC 28515
The designation Grantor and Grantee as used herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors, and
assigns, and shall include singular, plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETH, that the Grantor, for a valuable consideration paid by the Grantee, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, has and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee
simple, all that certain lot or parcel of land situated in the State of North Carolina, more particularly described as
follows:
See Exhibit A
submitted electronically by "Lance A. Wootton Attorney"
in compliance with North Carolina statutes governing recordable documents
and the terms of the submitter agreement with the Durham county Register of Deeds.

Book8612 - Page911 Page 2 of 3
The Property hereinabove described was acquired by Grantor by instrument recorded in Book 8184 at Page 422.
A map showing the above described property is recorded in Plat Book 139, Page 145.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all privileges and appurtenances thereto
belonging to the Grantee in fee simple.
And the Grantor covenants with the Grantee, that Grantor is seized of the premises in fee simple, has the right to
convey the same in fee simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all encumbrances, and that Grantor
will warrant and defend the title against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever except for the exceptions
hereinafter stated. Title to the property hereinabove described is subject to the following exceptions:
Easements and restrictions of record.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal, or if corporate, has caused
this instrument to be signed in its corporate name by its duly authorized officers and its seal to be
hereunto affixed by authority of its Board of Directors, the day and year first above written.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the said Grantor has hereunto set his hand and seal, ay and year
first above written.
(SEAL)
J e owe11 as Gusto ran for Lyza Rose Daye and
Gia enise Daye, under the Uniform Transfers to
Minors Act (NCGS Section 33A)
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
State of No" CAtAlia / County of C4Z4vpar
I certify that the following person(s) personally appeared before me this day, each acknowledging to me that he
or she signed the foregoing document: Jasmine Powell as custodian for Lyza Rose Daye and Gia Denise Daye,
under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (NCGS Section 33A). Witness my hand and official stamp or seal
this day of March, 2019.
My Commission Expires:
(SEAL#%O
��,A�Ckq,go�y�
p2
r �°Ilp�1G
b •
ee�CQ0-1,
Fa
Not -try Public

Book8612 - Page912 Page 3 of 3
Exhibit A — Godinez
BEGINNING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 1 AS
SHOWN ON THAT PLAT OF HOLLY HEIGHTS DEVELOPMENT
IN PLAT BOOK 35, PAGE 73, DURHAM COUNTY REGISTRY, ON
THE SOUTHERN RIGHT OF WAY OF CHEEK ROAD AND THE
WESTERN RIGHT OF WAY OF HOLLY HEIGHTS AVENUE;
THENCE ALONG AND WITH THE WESTERN RIGHT OF WAY OF
HOLLY HEIGHTS AVENUE, SOUTH 40 21' 28" WEST 894.85 FEET
TO AN EXISTING IRON PIPE IN THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF
LOT 7 AS SHOWN ON THE ABOVE REFERENCED PLAT;
THENCE NORTH 850 39' 17" WEST 382 FEET TO AN EXISTING
IRON ROD AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 7 AS SHOWN
ON THE ABOVE REFERENCED PLAT; THENCE NORTH 20' 16'
30" EAST 931.50 FEET TO A NEW IRON ROD IN THE SOUTHERN
RIGHT OF WAY OF CHEEK ROAD AT THE NORTHWEST
CORNER OF LOT 1 AS SHOWN ON THE ABOVE REFERENCED
PLAT; THENCE ALONG AND WITH THE SOUTHERN RIGHT OF
WAY OF CHEEK ROAD, SOUTH 850 15' 18" EAST 126.54 FEET TO
THE POINT AND PLACE OF BEGINNING. BEING THE SAME
PROPERTY IN BOOK 8184, PAGE 422, DURHAM COUNTY
REGISTRY. BEING ALSO, LOTS 1-7, BLOCK A, PLAT BOOK 139,
PAGE 145, DURHAM COUNTY REGISTRY. PARCEL ID: 170486

Appendix F
Soil Evaluation

Z 1�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Response to Additional Information Request Concerning Escobar Single -Family
Residence Wastewater Irrigation System
PREPARED FOR: Cord Anthony, Division of Water Resources
PREPARED BY: Jeff Vaughan, Ph.D., L.S.S.
Senior Agronomist/Soil Scientist
Heath Clapp, L. S. S.
Senior Soil Scientist
DATE: February 21, 2024
This letter, sealed with the L. S. S. stamps of Jeff Vaughan and Heath Clapp, is in response
to an additional information request received from Cord Anthony in regard to permit
application #WQ0044892 for a Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System.
Item IA Response:
A drainage coefficient of 10% has been achieved by increasing the disposal area size to
approximately 28,399 square feet.
Item 113 Response:
Per the USDA -MRCS Official Series Description Sheets of both soil types mapped within
the proposed drain field area (Creedmoor sandy loam and White Store sandy loam), the
`Tabular Series Date' section at the bottom of the description states that the water table
kind is perched. Also accounted for in the Official Series Description Sheets for both soil
types is the presence of low chroma (< 2) values from initial observation until the official
description depth is reached (60-69"). This is consistent with the described deep boring
performed by AWT, to the required depth of 84". Concrete evidence of a water table
being perched as opposed to apparent can't always be established if the perched water

table goes below the required depth of the deep boring. The USDA-NRCS Official Series
Description Sheets for both soil types will be included in attachment 1.
Item I ReSDonse:
An aerial map utilizing the data contained in the drawing has been created and is included
in attachment 2.
Item 1D Response:
All borings performed in the disposal field portion of the property were more indicative
of a Creedmoor sandy loam than a White Store sandy loam. No slickensides as well as
the presence of gleyed horizons more closely resembles the Creedmoor sandy loam soil
series.
Additional Response Regarding Ksat 1:
AWT follows all Johnson Permeameter manufacturer practices as well as industry
standards (running Ksats a minimum of 3-4 hours in heavy clays). Equilibrium for Ksat 1
was calculated based on the sawtooth pattern that the data presented, showing a slowly
increasing trend. The last 3 values recorded (one being the lowest value recorded and one
being the highest value recorded) were averaged to reach the value that was used. This
Ksat ran longer would have likely ended up running at a higher rate based on the trend of
the data. AWT's assumption of what happened in this scenario is that that water took
time to fill the micro/macropores of the slightly smeared expansive clay (from the auger
boring) where it bottomed out, and eventually started having preferential flow, showing
the increasing trend. AWT believes that the value used was reasonably conservative.
2

Attachment 1: USDA-NRCS Official Series Description
Sheets

LOCATION CREEDMOOR NC+SC VA
Established Series
Rev. AG:JAK:DTA
10/2021
CREEDMOOR SERIES
The Creedmoor soils are very deep, moderately well drained and somewhat poorly
drained, very slowly permeable soils that have formed in residuum weathered from
Triassic material of the Piedmont uplands. Slopes range from 0 to 15 percent. Average
annual precipitation is about 46 inches and mean annual temperature about 61 degrees
F., near the type location.
TAXONOMIC CLASS: Fine, mixed, semiactive, thermic Aquic Hapludults
TYPICAL PEDON: Creedmoor sandy loam --forested. (Colors are for moist soil
unless otherwise stated.)
Oe--O to 1 inch; partially decomposed pine needles and forest litter.
A--1 to 3 inches; dark gray (IOYR 4/1) sandy loam; weak coarse granular structure;
very friable, many fine and medium woody roots; very strongly acid; abrupt smooth
boundary. (1 to 9 inches thick)
E--3 to 9 inches; pale brown (IOYR 6/3) sandy loam; weak medium granular
structure; very friable; few fine and medium woody roots; very strongly acid; clear
smooth boundary. (0 to 12 inches thick)
Bt1--9 to 16 inches; pale brown (IOYR 6/3) sandy clay loam; weak medium
subangular blocky structure; friable, slightly sticky, slightly plastic; few fine woody
roots; many fine and medium pores; many coarse faint light yellowish brown (IOYR
6/4) masses of iron accumulations; very strongly acid; clear wavy boundary.
Bt2--16 to 20 inches; brownish yellow (IOYR 6/6) sandy clay loam; moderate
medium subangular blocky structure; friable, slightly sticky, slightly plastic; few fine
and medium woody roots; many fine pores; few faint clay films on faces of peds; few
medium prominent reddish yellow (5YR 7/8) masses of iron accumulations; very

strongly acid; clear smooth boundary.
Bt3--20 to 30 inches; light yellowish brown (IOYR 6/4) clay; moderate medium
prismatic structure which parts to moderate medium angular blocky structure; firm;
very sticky, very plastic; few fine woody roots; common distinct clay films on faces
of peds; common medium prominent red (2.5YR 5/8) masses of iron accumulations
and gray (IOYR 6/1) iron depletions; very strongly acid; clear wavy boundary.
(Combined thickness of the Bt horizon is 15 to 50 inches.)
Btgl--30 to 41 inches; light gray (IOYR 7/1) clay; moderate medium angular blocky
structure; very firm, very sticky, very plastic; common distinct clay films on faces of
peds; many coarse prominent brownish yellow (IOYR 6/6) and few fine prominent
reddish brown (2.5YR 5/3) masses of iron ccumulations; extremely acid; clear wavy
boundary.
Btg2--41 to 47 inches; light gray (IOYR 7/1) clay; weak, coarse angular blocky
stucture; very firm, very sticky, very plastic; many medium prominent red (2.5YR
5/8) and few fine prominent yellow (IOYR 7/6) masses of iron accumulations;
extremely acid; clear wavy boundary. (Combined thickness of the Btg horizon is 0 to
24 inches)
BCg--47 to 57 inches; light gray (IOYR 7/1) silty clay; many coarse prominent dusky
red (2.5YR 3/2) mottles; weak coarse angular blocky stucture; very firm, sticky,
plastic; extremely acid; clear smooth boundary. (0 to 24 inches thick)
Cg--57 to 69 inches; light gray (IOYR 7/1) fine sandy loam saprolite; many coarse
prominent dusky red (2.5YR 3/2) mottles; massive; firm; common medium distinct
yellow (10YR 7/6) masses of iron accumulations; very strongly acid; clear smooth
boundary.
TYPE LOCATION: Durham County, North Carolina; 1.5 miles from Nelson on
Secondary Road 1973; northwest 1/2 mile on farm road, 50 feet south of road.
RANGE IN CHARACTERISTICS: Solum thickness ranges from 25 to 60 inches.
Depth to bedrock is more than 60 inches. Soil reaction ranges from strongly acid to
extremely acid throughout, except where surface layers have been limed. Rock
fragment content ranges from 0 to 5 percent by volume in the A and B horizons.
The A or Ap horizon has hue of 7.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 3 to 6, and chroma of 1 to 6.
Texture is dominantly sandy loam but includes loamy sand, coarse sandy loam, loam,
fine sandy loam, or silt loam. Where the soil is eroded, the Ap horizon is commonly

sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, or clay loam.
The E horizon has hue of 7.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 5 to 7, and chroma of 2 to 4.
Texture is dominantly sandy loam but includes loamy sand, coarse sandy loam, loam,
fine sandy loam, or silt loam.
The BE horizon, where present, has hue of IOYR or 2.5Y, value of 5 to 7, and chroma
of 4 to 6. Texture is sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, silt loam, or silty clay loam.
The Bt horizon has hue of 7.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 5 to 7, and chroma of 3 to 8. Some
pedons have iron masses in shades of red, yellow, or brown and iron depletions in
shades of yellow, brown, and gray. Texture is sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay
loam, sandy clay, clay, or silty clay. The upper Bt horizon is distinctly coarser in
texture and less firm in consistence than the lower Bt or Btg horizon.
The Btg horizon, where present, has hue of 7.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 5 to 7 and chroma
of 1 or 2. Iron masses in shades of red, yellow, or brown are present. It is sandy clay
loam, silty clay loam, clay loam, sandy clay, clay, or silty clay.
The BC horizon, where present, has hue of 2.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 4 to 8, and
chroma of 3 to 8 or is mottled in shades of these colors. Some pedons have
redoximorphic features in shades of red, yellow, brown, and gray. Texture is silty clay
loam, sandy clay loam, clay loam, sandy clay, or silty clay.
The BCg horizon has hue of 2.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 4 to 8, and chroma of 1 or 2, or
is neutral with value of 4 to 8. Some pedons are mottled in shades of these colors.
Redoximorphic features in shades of red, yellow, brown, and gray are common.
Texture is silty clay loam, sandy clay loam, sandy clay, clay loam or silty clay.
The C horizon, where present, has hue of IOR to 2.5Y, value of 3 to 8, and chroma of
3 to 8, or is multicolored or mottled in shades of yellow, red, white, gray, and brown.
Redoximorphic features in shades of red, yellow, brown, and gray may occur. It is
saprolite weathered from Triassic rocks such as fine grained sandstone, mudstone,
siltstone, or shale. Texture is silt loam, loam, sandy loam, fine sandy loam, sandy clay
loam, clay loam, silty clay loam, silty clay, or sandy clay.
The Cg horizon has hue of IOR to 2.5Y, value of 3 to 8, and chroma of 1 or 2, or is
neutral with value of 3 to 8, and may be mottled in shades of yellow, red, white, gray,
and brown. Redoximorphic features in shades of red, yellow, or brown may occur. It
is saprolite weathered from Triassic rocks such as fine grained sandstone, mudstone,
siltstone, or shale. Texture is silt loam, loam, sandy loam, fine sandy loam, sandy clay

loam, clay loam, silty clay loam, silty clay, or sandy clay.
COMPETING SERIES: Soils in the same family
are Annemaine, Beason, Cid, Craven, Do ue, Eulonia, Gritna, Helena, Lignum, Nem
ours, Nevarc, Newco, Peawick, Rosenwall, Sacul, Stapp, Vinita, and Wolftever. Soils
in closely related families
are Altavista, Brickhaven, Carbonton, Conasauga, Granville, Green Level, Polkton,
and White Store series. Altavista soils have less than 35 percent clay in the argillic
horizon. Annemaine, Conasauga, Sacul, Polkton, and White Store soils contain higher
clay content in the upper Bt horizon. Beason and Eulonia soils have low shrink -swell
potential. Brickhaven and Carbonton soils contain less clay and more silt in the
subsoil, In addition, Brickhaven soils
have depth to paralithic contact at 40 to 60 inches and Carbonton soils have depth to
paralithic contact at 20 to 40 inches. Cid soils have moderate shrink -swell potential
and a paralithic contact at depths between 20 and 40
inches. Craven, Do ue, Gritna, LLi num, Nemours, and Wolftever soils have
moderate shrink -swell potential. Also, Beason, Craven, and Wolftever soils
commonly have less fine or coarser sand in upper Bt horizon. Granville soils lack low
chroma iron depletions within the upper 24 inches of the argillic horizon and have less
than 35 percent clay in the argillic horizon. Helena soils formed from residuum of
felsic to mafic, crystalline, igneous and high-grade metamorphic rocks. Nevarc soils
have slow permeability in the lower half of the Bt horizon. Newco and Stapp soils
have colors in shades of red in the upper Bt horizon. Peawick soils formed in alluvium
and are not underlain by saprolite. Green Level, Polkton and White Store soils have
very firm and very plastic Bt horizons with slickensides. In addition, Polkton soils
have paralithic contact at 20 to 40 inches. Rosenwall and Vinita soils have a paralithic
contact at a depth of less than 40 inches.
GEOGRAPHIC SETTING: Creedmoor soils are on nearly level to moderately steep
slopes in the Triassic Basins. Rocks are of Triassic age. Slopes range from 0 to 15
percent. The soils have formed in materials weathered from fine sandstone, mudstone,
siltstone, shale, and conglomerate. Average annual precipitation ranges from about 45
to 55 inches, and mean annual air temperature ranges from 59 to 65 degrees F.
GEOGRAPHICALLY ASSOCIATED SOILS: In addition to the
competing Granville, Green Level, Polkton, and White Store series, these are
the MEodan, Peakin, Pinoka, and Wadesboro series. Mayodan, Pinoka and
Wadesboro soils do not have a seasonal high water table within 6 feet. Peakin soils
have a perched water table at 3 to 6 feet. In addition, Wadesboro soils have dark red
Bt horizons.

DRAINAGE AND PERMEABILITY: Moderately well drained and somewhat
poorly drained. Runoff is moderate; internal drainage is slow. Permeability is very
slow in the lower part of the Bt horizon.
USE AND VEGETATION: About one-third of the soil is under cultivation or in
pasture, and the remainder in forest of shortleaf and loblolly pine, oaks, hickory, and
gum. Common crops are tobacco, small grains, corn, cotton, and truck crops.
DISTRIBUTION AND EXTENT: The Piedmont of Virginia, North Carolina, and
possibly South Carolina. The series is extensive; the area is more than 100,000 acres.
MLRA SOIL SURVEY REGIONAL OFFICE (MO) RESPONSIBLE: Raleigh,
North Carolina
SERIES ESTABLISHED: Prince Edward County, Virginia; 1950.
REMARKS: Diagnostic features and horizons recognized in this pedon are:
Ochric epipedon - The zone from the surface of the soil to a depth of 9 inches (A and
E horizons)
Argillic horizon - The zone from 9 to 47 inches below the surface (Btl, Bt2, Bt3,
Btgl, and Btg2 horizons)
Aquic feature - Iron depletions with chroma of 2 or less occurring in the 20 to 30 inch
subhorizon.
Horizon depths were modified 10/2021 to make certain soil description began at soil
surface.
ADDITIONAL DATA:
MLRA: 136
SOI-5 Soil Name Slope Airtemp FrFr/Seas Precip Elevation
NCO056 CREEDMOOR 0-15 59-65 175-200 45-55 300-450
SOI-5 F1oodL F1oodH Watertable Kind Months Bedrock Hardness
NCO056 NONE 1.0-2.0 PERCHED JAN-MAR >60
SOI-5 Depth Texture 3-Inch No-10 Clay% -CEC-
NC0056 0-9 SL FSL L 0-3 95-100 7-20 2-6
NCO056 0-9 LS COSL 0-3 95-100 4-20 1-6
NCO056 9-20 SCL CL SICL 0-3 95-100 20-35 4-8
NCO056 20-57 C SIC SC 0-3 95-100 35-60 7-13

NC0056 57-78 SL SCL SICL 0-5 95-100 5-35 1-8
NC0056 78-88 UWB - - - -
SOI-5 Depth -pH- O.M. Salin Permeab Shnk-Swll
NC0056 0-9 3.5-5.5 .5-2. 0-0 2.0-6.0 LOW
NC0056 0-9 3.5-5.5 .5-2. 0-0 6.0-20 LOW
NC0056 9-20 3.5-5.5 0.-.5 0-0 0.2-0.6 MODERATE
NC0056 20-57 3.5-5.5 0.-.5 0-0 0.0-0.06 HIGH
NC0056 57-78 3.5-5.5 0.-.5 0-0 0.0-0.06 LOW
NC0056 78-88 - - - -
National Cooperative Soil Survey
U. S.A.

LOCATION WHITE STORE NC+SC VA
Established Series
Rev. AG:JAK:DTA
O1/2006
WHITE STORE SERIES
The White Store series consists of deep, moderately well drained soils on Piedmont
uplands. They formed in residuum weathered from Triassic materials. Slopes range
from 2 to 25 percent. Mean annual precipitation is 42 inches and mean annual
temperature is 60 degrees F. near the type location.
TAXONOMIC CLASS: Fine, mixed, active, thermic Oxyaquic Vertic Hapludalfs
TYPICAL PEDON: White Store fine sandy loam --cultivated field. (Colors are for
moist soil unless otherwise stated.)
Ap--O to 6 inches; brown (IOYR 5/3) fine sandy loam; weak medium granular
structure; very friable; common fine roots; few quartz pebbles; moderately acid; clear
smooth boundary. (5 to 10 inches thick)
Bt--6 to 10 inches; strong brown (7.5YR 5/6) clay loam; weak medium subangular
blocky structure; firm, plastic, sticky; few fine roots; few faint clay films; few quartz
pebbles; strongly acid; clear wavy boundary.
Btssl--10 to 22 inches; yellowish red (5YR 5/6) clay; weak coarse prismatic structure
parting to moderate fine and medium angular blocky; very firm, very plastic, very
sticky; few fine roots, few slickensides; common distinct clay films on faces of peds;
common medium distinct reddish brown (2.5YR 4/4) and yellowish brown (IOYR
5/6) masses of iron accumulations; very strongly acid; gradual wavy boundary.
Btss2--22 to 28 inches; yellowish red (5YR 4/6) clay; weak coarse prismatic structure
parting to moderate medium angular blocky structure; very firm, very plastic, very
sticky; common slickensides; few thin discontinuous clay films on faces of peds;
many medium distinct reddish brown (2.5YR 4/4) masses of iron accumulations and
light brownish gray (IOYR 6/2) iron depletions; very strongly acid; gradual wavy
boundary.
Btss3--28 to 35 inches; yellowish red (5YR 5/6) clay; weak coarse prismatic structure
parting to moderate medium subangular blocky structure; very firm, plastic, sticky;

common slickensides; few faint clay films on faces of peds; few flakes of mica; 5
percent by volume soft mudstone fragments; many coarse distinct streaks of reddish
brown (2.5YR 4/4) masses of iron accumulations and gray (IOYR 511) iron
depletions; very strongly acid; gradual wavy boundary. (Combined thickness of the Bt
horizons is 15 to 45 inches.)
BC--35 to 42 inches; yellowish red (5YR 5/6) clay loam; weak medium subangular
blocky structure; very firm, plastic, sticky; few flakes of mica; 10 percent by volume
soft mudstone fragments; many coarse distinct streaks of reddish brown (2.5YR 4/4)
masses of iron accumulations and gray (IOYR 511) iron depletions; very strongly acid;
gradual wavy boundary. (0 to 10 inches thick)
C-42 to 53 inches; dark reddish brown (2.5YR 3/4) loamy saprolite with pockets of
clay; massive with relic rock structure; friable; few flakes of mica; 10 percent by
volume soft sandstone and mudstone fragments; yellowish brown (IOYR 5/4) masses
of iron accumulations and many coarse prominent gray (IOYR 6/1) iron depletions;
very strongly acid; clear boundary. (3 to 18 inches thick)
Cr--53 to 60 inches; weathered moderately fractured fine-grained sandstone and
mudstone.
TYPE LOCATION: Durham County, North Carolina; 1.0 mile north of Nelson, 75
feet west of Secondary Road 1959 at the intersection with Secondary Road 1969.
RANGE IN CHARACTERISTICS: Solum thickness ranges from 20 to 50 inches.
Depth to soft bedrock ranges from 40 to 60 inches. Depth to hard bedrock is more
than 72 inches. Thickness of the clayey Bt horizons having COLE of 0.09 or more
ranges from 20 to 50 inches. Content of rock fragments, mostly fine-grained
sandstone and mudstone, range from none to 15 percent by volume throughout the
soil. Flakes of mica range from none to common in the lower Bt horizon. Soil reaction
ranges from strongly acid to very strongly acid throughout the soil, except where
surface layers have been limed. Extractable aluminum is high (10 to 25 me/100g) in
the Bt horizon.
The A or Ap horizon has hue of 7.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 4 to 6, and chroma of 2 to 4.
It is sandy loam, fine sandy loam, loam, or silt loam. Eroded phases are clay loam,
sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, or clay.
The E horizon, where present, has hue of 7.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 4 to 6, and chroma
of 3 to 6. It is sandy loam, fine sandy loam, loam, or silt loam.

The BA or BE horizon, where present, has hue of 2.5YR to IOYR, value of 3 to 6, and
chroma of 3 to 8. Redoximorphic depletions with chroma of 2 or less are below the
upper 10 inches of the Bt horizon. Texture is clay loam, sandy clay loam, silty clay, or
silty clay loam.
The Bt horizon has hue of 2.5YR to IOYR, value of 3 to 6, and chroma of 3 to 8.
Redoximorphic depletions and concentrations in shades of red, brown, yellow, or gray
may be present. Redoximorphic depletions with chroma of 2 or less are below the
upper 10 inches of the Bt horizon. Texture commonly is clay, but thin layers of clay
loam, sandy clay loam, sandy clay, silty clay, or silty clay loam are permitted in the
upper and lower Bt horizons.
The Btss horizon has hue of 2.5YR to IOYR, value of 3 to 6, and chroma of 3 to 8
Redoximorphic depletions and concentrations in shades of red, brown, yellow, or gray
may be present. Redoximorphic depletions with chroma of 2 or less are below the
upper 10 inches of the Bt horizon. Texture is clay.
The BC horizon has hue of 2.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 3 to 6, and chroma of 3 to 8
Redoximorphic depletions and concentrations in shades of red, brown, yellow, or gray
may be present. Texture is sandy loam, loam, sandy clay loam, clay loam, silt loam,
silty clay loam, or clay.
The C horizon has hue of 2.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 3 to 6, and chroma of 3 to 8.
Pedons may be mottled in shades of these colors or contain mottles in shades of red,
brown, yellow, or gray. Texture is variable and ranges from loamy sand to clay
saprolite.
The Cg horizon, where present, has hue of 2.5YR to 2.5Y, value of 3 to 6, and chroma
of 1 or 2, or it is neutral with value of 3 to 8. Pedons may be mottled in shades of
these colors or contain mottles in shades of red, brown, yellow, or gray. Texture is
variable and ranges from loamy sand to clay saprolite.
The Cr horizon is weathered Triassic fine-grained sandstone, mudstone, siltstone, or
shale.
COMPETING SERIES: These are the Iredell and Polkton series in the same family.
Iredell soils formed in material weathered from diabase, diorite, gabbro, and other
rocks high in ferro-magnesium minerals. Polkton soils have a depth to paralithic
contact at 20 to 40 inches. Soils in closely related or similar families are
the Creedmoor, Enon, Green Level, Helena, Iredell, Pittsboro, and Vance series.
Creedmoor soils are very deep, have less than 35 percent base saturation, and have
redoximorphic depletions within the upper 24 inches of the argillic horizon. Enon

soils are very deep and well drained. Helena and Vance soils have less than 35 percent
base saturation and are very deep. Green Level has less than 35 percent base
saturation and has redoximorphic depletions in the upper 24 inches of the argillic.
Pittsboro soils have a paralithic contact at 20 to 40 inches.
GEOGRAPHIC SETTING: White Store soils are on nearly level to moderately
steep Piedmont uplands. Slope gradients are commonly 2 to 15 percent, but range
from 2 to 25 percent. The soils formed in residuum weathered from Triassic shale,
mudstone, siltstone, and sandstone. The mean annual temperature is 59 to 65 degrees
F. and the mean annual precipitation is about 40 to 50 inches.
GEOGRAPHICALLY ASSOCIATED SOILS: These are the
competing Creedmoor, Enon, Green Level, Iredell, Orange, Pittsboro,
and Polkton soils and the Granville, Mayodan, Peakin, and Pinoka soils. Granville
soils are fine -loamy and well drained. Mayodan and Peakin soils are well drained and
lack Btss horizons. Pinoka soils are well drained and fine -loamy.
DRAINAGE AND PERMEABILITY: Moderately well drained. Permeability is
very slow. Runoff is rapid, and internal water movement is very slow. This soil has a
perched water table at a depth of 1.0 to 1.5 feet during the winter and spring
USE AND VEGETATION: About two-thirds of the total area is in forest of loblolly
and shortleaf pines, oaks, hickories, and gums. The remainder is in cultivation and
pasture. Large areas of this soil have been taken out of row crop production because
of erosion. Common crops grown are small grains, corn, cotton, and tobacco.
DISTRIBUTION AND EXTENT: North Carolina, Virginia, and possibly South
Carolina. The series is extensive; the area is more than 100,000 acres.
MLRA SOIL SURVEY REGIONAL OFFICE (MO) RESPONSIBLE: Raleigh,
North Carolina
SERIES ESTABLISHED: Anson County, North Carolina; 1915.
REMARKS: The type location description was modified based on field examination
and transect data collected 5/91.
Diagnostic horizons and features of this pedon are:
Ochric epipedon: the zone from the soil surface to 6 inches (Ap horizon).
Argillic horizon: the zone from 6 to 35 inches (Bt and Btss horizons).
Slickensides-presence of slickensides in the zone from 10 to 35 inches (Btssl, Btss2,

and Btss3 horizons)
Vertic feature: cracks within 50 inches of the soil surface that are 5 mm or more wide
through a thickness of 12 inches or more for some time in normal years, and
slickensides or wedge-shaped aggregates in a layer 6 inches or more thick that has its
upper boundary within 50 inches of the soil surface; or a linear extensibility of 2.5
inches or more between the surface and either a depth of 40 inches or a paralithic
contact, whichever is shallower
Oxyaquic feature: Saturation with water in one or more layers within 40 inches of the
surface in normal years for either or both 20 or more consecutive days or 30 or more
cumulative days.
ADDITIONAL DATA: McCracken. R. J.; Weed, S. B.; Goldston, E. F., Planosolic
Piedmont soils of North Carolina: I Morphology and Composition. Soil Science, ol.
98, No. 1, July, 1964. and
Griffin. R. W.; Buol, S.W.; Soil and Saprolite Characteristics of Vertic and Aquic
Hapludults Derived from Triassic Basin Sandstones. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. Vol. 52,
1094-1099 (1988).
MLRA = 136
TABULAR SERIES DATA:
SOI-5 Soil Name Slope Airtemp FrFr/Seas Precip Elevation
NCO059 WHITE STOR 2-25 58-65 160-220 40-50 240-450
SOI-5 FloodL FloodH Watertable Kind Months Bedrock Hardness
NCO059 NONE 1.0-1.5 PERCHED DEC -MAR 40-72 SOFT
SOI-5 Depth Texture 3-Inch No-10 Clay% -CEC-
NCO059 0-6 SL FSL 0-3 95-100 5-20 5-15
NCO059 0-6 L SIL
NCO059 0-6 CL C
NCO059 6-35 C
0-3 80-100 5-27 5-15
0-3 95-100 27-45 5-15
0-3 90-100 45-70 20-40
NCO059 35-53 SL L CL 0-3 85-100 12-40 5-20

NC0059 53-60 WB - - - -
SOI-5 Depth -pH- O.M. Salin Permeab Shnk-Swll
NC0059 0- 6 5.6- 6.0 .5-2. 0-0 0.6-2.0 LOW
NC0059 0- 6 5.6- 6.0 .5-2. 0-0 0.6-2.0 LOW
NC0059 0- 6 4.5- 5.5 0.-.5 0-0 0.06-0.6 HIGH
NC0059 6-35 4.5- 5.5 0.-.5 0-0 0.0-0.06 VERY HIGH
NC0059 35-53 4.5- 5.5 0.-.5 0-0 0.06-0.2 MODERATE
NC0059 53-60 - - - -
National Cooperative Soil Survey
U. S.A.

Attachment 2: Aerial Map Containing Soil Data

*Surface water and/or bad topo areas have not been officially evaluated for stream ID according to local regulatory requirements. This map is intended for preliminary purposes only and not to be used as a plattsurvey or can it be assumed all streams are identified on this property.*

Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar—Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
Owner Information:
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
Property Information;
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Site Vap
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
J. BANKS
03.31.2023
REVISED BY:
REVISED ON:
J. BANKS
07.21.2023
RELEASED BY:
RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON
—
SHEET NAME:
ww-11
Scaled for 24"x36" Sheet

z �11 �
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 North Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Soil Suitabilityfor Domestic
Sewage Treatment and
Disposal Systems
2501 Hollyheights Road,
Durham, NC
Durham Couni
Prepared For: Justo Escobar, Client
Prepared By: Jeff Vaughan, Ph.D., L.S.S.
Senior Agronomist/Soil Scientist
Heath Clapp
Associate Soil Scientist
Report Date: August 2, 2023

Z ' ;
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Soil Suitability for Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems
2501 Hollyheights Road, Durham, NC 27704
Durham County, NC (Parcel#: 170486)
PREPARED FOR: Mr. Justo Escobar, Client
PREPARED BY: Jeff Vaughan, Ph.D., NC L.S.S.
Heath Clapp, Associate Soil Scientist
DATE: August 2, 2023
Soil suitability for a single-family residence wastewater dispersal system was evaluated in
December of 2022, for property located at 2501 Hollyheights Road in Durham, NC (Durham
County). Heath Clapp of Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT) conducted the soil evaluation.
Property reference maps are included in Attachment 1.
The subject property is currently wooded. There are moderate slopes on the property. The soil
surface is slightly uneven in some places. The property has been denied a septic system permit
for a single-family residence. A copy of the permit denial is included in Attachment 2.
The owner proposes to build a 5-bedroom single family residence on the property. A well will
serve the residence. The proposed soils area that can accommodate an irrigation field is shown
on the maps in Attachment 3.
The evaluation map in Attachment 3 details the locations of the soil borings, soil types, property
lines, proposed soils area for irrigation, and saturated hydraulic conductivity (KsAT) test
locations. The dominant soil type on this property and proposed application area is Creedmoor
sandy loam (map symbol CrB). A detailed description of a typical profile within the proposed
application area is shown in Attachment 4. All profile descriptions are for moist soil. A written
description of a typical deep boring profile is below. A standard soil fertility sample was
obtained for each horizon and is included in Attachment 5.
AWT Typical Profile — Escobar Surface Irrigation System Utilization Area
Sideslope landscape position (4-6% slope)
SHWT (perched) is estimated to vary between 4 and 6 inches — typically begin at interface
between A and E horizon. Variation in thickness and depths of each horizon were noted across
site.

A 0 to 5 inches, dark gray (IOYR 4/1) sandy loam; no mottles; granular structure; very
friable; non -sticky, non -plastic
E --- 5 to 14 inches, pale brown (IOYR 6/3) sandy loam; few medium distinct gray (IOYR 6/1)
mottles; granular structure; very friable; non -sticky, non -plastic
Bt 14 to 38 inches, brownish yellow (IOYR 6/6) clay; many medium prominent red (2.5YR
5/8) and gray (IOYR 6/1) mottles; weak prismatic to massive structure; firm; very sticky,
very plastic
Btg-- 38 to 50 inches, light gray (IOYR 7/1) clay; many course prominent brownish yellow
(IOYR 6/6), and reddish brown (2.5YR 5/3) mottles; massive structure; very firm; very
sticky, very plastic
Cg 50-84 inches, light gray (IOYR 7/1) sandy loam; many course prominent dusky red
(2.5YR 3/2) and distinct yellow (IOYR 7/6) mottles; massive structure; firm; slightly -
sticky; slightly -plastic
Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KsaT) Tests
A total of three KsaT tests were conducted within the proposed irrigation area on December 8,
2022 (locations noted in Attachment 3). The purpose of these tests was to determine
permeability within the most restrictive soil horizon (Bt horizons). All tests were performed
with a Johnson Permeameter. The results are summarized below. The field datasheets,
computational spreadsheet, soil boring logs, and pictures are in Attachment 6. Results have been
rounded to the nearest thousandth to maintain significant figures.
Table 1. Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity (KsaT) Data.
KsaT Test Identification
KsaT Test De th
Permeabilit
-----inches-----
----- in/hr-----
1
24
0.013
2
17
0.022
3
37
0.088
Geometric Mean
0.029
Loading Rate and Sprayfield Computations and Recommendations
Based on the KsaT data, we recommend a permeability rate of 0.029in/hr (geometric mean of the
3 KsaT measurements) be used in the water balance computation for this system. The
wastewater irrigation rate was determined using the above KsaT data in accordance with the
Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy and the
Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook. The computation spreadsheets developed to
satisfy the 15A NCAC 02T 0.0600 rules are available in Attachment 7. The Thornthwaite
Method and 80m percentile precipitation was used in the computations below.
2

Proposed loading rates for the wastewater system are computed using the water balance provided
in the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook; however, they are summarized below.
Loading rates can vary widely depending on the soil permeability rate and design factor used in
the computation. A loading rate of 16.84 in/year (0.32 in/week) is recommended for this system
and the instantaneous application rate should not exceed 0.20 in/hour.
The approximate land area required for an irrigation system is calculated based on the size of the
proposed residence and the loading rate of the soil. Based on the design now of 600 gallons/day
and annual loading rate of 16.84 in/yr, the minimum size of the drip field is approximately
20,86oft2. The area evaluated and suitable for the proposed system is about 46,000 ft2, so ample
space is available for the wastewater irrigation system anywhere within the evaluated area.
The vegetation in the proposed irrigation field should be carefully removed by hand during the
installation process where necessary (the existing vegetation is so thick that installation is not
possible without clearing).
The surface of the soil will need to be smoothed prior to installation. Up to 8 inches of usable
fill soil may be needed in some places within the proposed dripfield area in order to achieve a
12" separation from the perched seasonal high water table. The natural topography is ideal to
shed surface water, and this should not be adjusted. The present soil surface texture is sandy
loam and offers a good infiltrative surface. Fill material, where needed, should have the
following characteristics:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris,
twigs, sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes:
loamy sand, sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may
be confirmed by a third -party testing laboratory if necessary.
AWT is recommending a surface drip irrigation system with ADVANTEX pretreatment to serve
the proposed single-family residence. The proposed system will satisfy the design criteria
outlined in 15A NCAC 02T .0605.
We appreciate the opportunity to assist you in this matter. Please contact us with any questions,
concerns, or comments.
3

Attachment 1: GIS Map

8/2/23, 1:01 PM Durham Maps I City of Durham and Durham County
https://maps.durhamnc.gov/?x=36.023888839556705&y=-78.79569111324548&z=2256.994353&r=0&b=4&a=39&u=0&pid=170486&s=custom&I=FEMA_risk_development,FEMA_risk_insurance,parcel... 1 /1

Attachment 2: AWT Evaluation Map

- ---
AVVr
j. 0 120 240
Feet
Engineers antl Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, IF,.
�`
, ` /F
_ \ y '�---� ��
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, NET Carolina 27502
_
X \ 1 1
n Waste Boundary - -
919 859-0669
www agnwas ecom
sco Ebar-Hollyheighis WWTS
Surface Drip
_--- ,,
i
r �� (Considered at Fence) v ��
��
-----'� 1 1 ,FA sg
Esroba,
��S�o J,,fi,F
2501 HmlMlignts Dru
D'u— NC 2n04
--- I I� /s / \�
919-6I22
lustouivbai@9moitcom
-J /
---------��'��� 11 11" Soil Boringl V
P,epe,tyIeLe dren:
25O1 H 11yhNight, D,Ive
J I
_
8" Soil Boring Review Boundary ;' ��
Dl,h m NO 2no4
PN 08T2-9T-2 9T-2T�
97-
� � '/ '� � � - �
5" Soil Boring E � ,---
` ------
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
--
Ksat3 _ �� ,�L Compliance Boundary
V - - _ --
! ��� -t ,° �� ���� (Property Lines)
14" Soil Boring
6" Soil Boring FF
5' Soil Boring
------ -------
F1
�', �V
4" Soil Boring j i \ -- I t\
FINAL DESIGN
f
1 .-d° I
Not RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DALE DESCRIFFION
T \ T / �• ( ,1 A� I
12'42"E
6" Soil Boring 1 _ ,00.os-� -- t
�-
-, ,( /
—��— —_ _ �� 5' Soil Boring —�-�_ A�� j r ��
�` ���
Ksat 2 '. --
4" Soil Boring
4" Soil Boring47-1
4
_ _
Deep Boring
SHEET TITLE
S a
Site e Map
fi
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
i_ \ \ \ CFI
J. BANKS
03.31.2023
REVISED BY:
REVISED ON:
_ = _%� ---
/ T_
/ I I S� �— X — —
i
J. BANKS
08.10.2023
RELEASED By
RELEASED ON:
�
K. DAVIDSON
—
__---���/
SHEET NAME:
i
_, ���
-- —--��; �— -
WW-11

Attachment 3: Site Plan Drawing

Avvr
Engineers -d Soil Scientists
Agn-Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919 859 0669
ww gnwaste com
Escobar—Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
ow e, J,,h, E,,F
Jus10 Escobar
2501 HOII;Aefghts Drive
Du,h— NC 21I04
919-672-5432
justoesivbaiCgmaitcom
Properly G IT,al'h i
E,,h ou;me�2 7 oduz
D� h— Nc IF
Dimon, 2 97-
PIN: 0852-9]-9]-2I6b
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL 18
p

Attachment 4: Soil Profile Descriptions

Applicant: Justo Escobar
Address: 2501 Hollyheights Avenue,
Durham, NC 27704
ParcelID#: PIN: 170486
Property Recorded: Yes
County: Durham
SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
FOR
ON -SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Owner: X Agent: _ Phone:
Dates Evaluated: December 8, 2022
Proposed Facility: Single Family Residence
Property Size: 5.25 acres
Location Site: 2501 Hollyheights Avenue, Durham, NC 27704
Water Supply: On Site Well X Comm. Well_ Public Other_ Evaluation Method: Auger Boring: X Pit
PROFILE 1: KSAT Test Location #1— Shoulder Slope Landscape (4-6% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-5"
10YR 4/1
SL
GR
NEXP
NS, NP
Fr
E 5-13"
10YR 6/3
10YR 6/2
2, c, D
SL
GR
NEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt 13-36"+
10YR 6/6
10YR 6/1, 2.5YR 5/8
2, c D
C
PR-M
EXP
VS, VP
Fi
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 24", SHWT Depth I I"
PROFILE 2: KSAT Test Location #2 — Side Slope Landscape (4-6% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-6"
10YR 4/1
SL
GR
NEXP
NS, NP
Fr
E 6-12"
10YR 6/3
10YR 6/2
2, c, D
SL
GR
NEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt 12-30"+
10YR 6/6
10YR 6/1, 2.5YR 5/8
2, c, D
C
M
EXP
VS, VP
VFI
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 17", SHWT Depth 11"

PROFILE 3: KSAT Test Location #3 — Nose Slope Landscape (4-6% Slope)
Horizon/
Depth (IN)
Matrix
Mottles
Mottle
Abundance
/ Contrast
(a)(1)
Texture
(a)(2)
Structure
(a)(3)
Minerology
Consistence
(Wet)
Consistence
(Moist)
A 0-11"
10YR 4/1
SL
GR
NEXP
NS, NP
Fr
Bt 11-43"
10YR 6/6
10YR 6/2, 2.5YR 7/6
2, m, D
C
M
EXP
VS, VP
VFi
Btg 43-49"+
10YR 7/1
10YR 6/6, 2.5YR 5/3
2, m, D
C
M
VEXP
S, VP
FI
Comments: Most Restrictive Horizon KSAT Test, Depth 37", SHWT Depth, I I"
EVALUATED BY: Heath Clapp
COMMENTS:
LEGEND OF ABBREVIATIONS FOR SOIL/SITE EVALUATION FORM
LANDSCAPE POSITION
CC
— Concave Slope
CV
— Convex Slope
DS
— Debris Slump
D —
Depression
DW — Drainage Way
FP
— Flood Plain
FS
— Foot Slope
H —
Head Slope
I —
Interfluve
L —
Linear Slope
N —
Nose Slope
P —
Pocosin
R —
Ridge
S —
Shoulder
T —
Terrace
MOIST CONSISTENCE
VFr
— Very Friable
Fr —
Friable
Fi —
Firm
VFi
— Very Firm
EFi
— Extremely Firm
STRUCTURE
G — Single Grain
M — Massive
CR — Crumb
GR — Granular
SBK — Subangular Blocky
ABK — Angular Blocky
PL — Platy
PR — Prismatic
(w in front denotes "weak")
WET CONSISTENCE
NS — Non Sticky
SS — Slightly Sticky
S — Sticky
VS — Very Sticky
NP — Non Plastic
SP — Slightly Plastic
P — Plastic
VP — Very Plastic
MOTTLES
1 —Few
2 — Common
3 — Many
f — Fine
m — Medium
c — Coarse
F — Faint
D — Distinct
P — Prominent
MINERALOLOGY
NEXP — Non Expansive
SEXP — Slightly Expansive
EXP — Expansive

Attachment 5: NCDA Soil Fertility Analysis

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/ Report No. FY23-SL023965
k5i I"14'4+;4
Client:
Justo Escobar
Advisor: Christopher McGee
Predictive
2501 Hollyheights Ave
Agri -Waste Technology
°± f'
Durham, NC 27704
Inc
�- Soil Report Mehlich-3 Extraction
501 N Salem St Suite 203
Sampled County : Durham
/ 5400 Etta Burke Ct
_
Links to Helpful Information
Sampled: 12/08/2022 Received: 01/20/2023 Completed: 03/01/2023 Farm: ESCOBAR
Client ID:
537897
Raleigh, NC 27606
Advisor ID: 394343
Sample ID: 00001
Recommendations: Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop (tons/acre) N P2O5
K2O
Mg S Mn Zn
Cu B
Information
Lime History:
1 -Pine, M 0.0 100-150 50
20
0 0
0 0
Note: 11
2 - 0.0
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class: Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH P-1 K-1 Ca% Mg%
S-1 Mn-I
Mn-All Mn-Al2 Zn-I Zn-AI
Cu-I Na ESP SS-1 NO3-N
0.27 1.06 6.6 41 3.9 4.5 12 31 25 13
20 206
27 27
49 0.1 2
Sample ID: 00002
Recommendations: Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop (tons/acre) N P2O5
K2O
Mg S Mn Zn
Cu B
Information
Lime History:
1 -Pine, M 0.0 100-150 20
40
25 $
0 0
Note: 11
2 - 0.0
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class: Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH P-1 K-1 Ca% Mg%
S-1 Mn-I
Mn-All Mn-AI2 Zn-I Zn-AI
Cu-I Na ESP SS-1 NO3-N
0.18 1.27 3.6 28 2.6 4.5 31 16 17 9
15 39
13 13
30 0.0
North Carolina
Tcbwim Truk f and Ctwinlsskm
Reprogramming of the laboratory -information -management system that makes this report possible is being funded
through a grant from the North Carolina Tobacco Trust Fund Commission.
Thank you for using agronomic services to manage nutrients and safeguard environmental quality.
- Steve Troxler, Commissioner of Agriculture

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone:
[phone]
Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/
Report No.
FY23-SL023965
Justo Escobar
Page 2 of 3
Sample ID: 00003
Recommendations:
Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop
(tons/acre)
N P2O5
K2O
Mg
S
Mn
Zn
Cu
B
Information
Lime History:
1 -Pine, M
0.0
100-150 80
0
0
$
0
0
Note: 11
2-
0.0
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class:
Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH
P-1 K-1
Ca% Mg%
S-1
Mn-I
Mn-All
Mn-Al2
Zn-I
Zn-AI
Cu-I
Na ESP
SS-1 NO3-N
0.04 1.04 10.5
21 8.3 4.3
1 40
7 12
96
9
7
7
37
0.1
1
Sample ID: 00004
Recommendations:
Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop
(tons/acre)
N P2O5
K2O
Mg
S
Mn
Zn
Cu
B
Information
Lime History:
1 -Pine, M
0.0
100-150 80
10
0
$
0
0
Note: 11
2-
0.0
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class:
Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH
P-1 K-1
Ca% Mg%
S-1
Mn-I
Mn-All
Mn-AI2
Zn-I
Zn-AI
Cu-I
Na ESP
SS-1 NO3-N
0.09 1.06 12.4
21 9.8 4.1
1 38
2 17
35
3
7
7
53
0.2
2
Sample ID: 00005
Recommendations:
Lime
Nutrients (lb/acre)
More
Crop
(tons/acre)
N P2O5
K2O
Mg
S
Mn
Zn
Cu
B
Information
Lime History:
1 -Pine, M
0.0
100-150 80
50
0
$
0
0
Note: 11
2-
0.0
Test Results [units - W/V in g/cm3; CEC and Na in meq/100 cm3; NO3-N in mg/dm3]:
Soil Class:
Mineral
HM% W/V CEC BS% Ac pH
P-1 K-1
Ca% Mg%
S-1
Mn-I
Mn-All
Mn-AI2
Zn-I
Zn-AI
Cu-I
Na ESP
SS-1 NO3-N
0.04 1.24 10.4
25 7.9 4.1
1 15
4 20
28
10
10
10
38
0.3
3

NCDA&CS Agronomic Division Phone: [phone] Website: www.ncagr.gov/agronomi/
Report No. FY23-SLO23965
Justo Escobar
Page 3 of 3
Understanding the Soil Report: explanation of measurements, abbreviations and units
Recommendations
Report Abbreviations
Lime
Ac
exchangeable acidity
If testing finds that soil pH is too low for the crop(s) indicated, a lime recommendation will be given in units of either
B
boron
ton/acre or Ib/1000 sq ft. For best results, mix the lime into the top 6 to 8 inches of soil several months before planting.
BS%
% CEC occupied by basic cations
For no -till or established plantings where this is not possible, apply no more than 1 to 1.5 ton/acre (50 Ib/1000 sq ft) at onE
Ca%
% CEC occupied by calcium
time, even if the report recommends more. You can apply the rest in similar increments every six months until the full rate
CEC
cation exchange capacity
is applied. If MG is recommended and lime is needed, use dolomitric lime.
Cu-I
copper index
ESP
exchangeable sodium percent
Fertilizer
HM%
percent humic matter
Recommendations for field crops or other large areas are listed separately for each nutrient to be added (in units of
K-1
potassium index
lb/acre unless otherwise specified). Recommendations for N (and sometimes for B) are based on research/field studies
K20
potash
for the crop being grown, not on soil test results. K-1 and P-1 values are based on test results and should be > 50. If they
Mg%
% CEC occupied by magnesium
are not, follow the fertilizer recommendations given. If Mg is needed and no lime is recommended, 0-0-22 (11.5% Mg) is
MIN
mineral soil class
an excellent source; 175 to 250 lb per acre alone or in a fertilizer blend will usually satisfy crop needs, SS-1 levels appear
Mn
manganese
only on reports for greenhouse soil or problem samples.
Mn-All
Mn-availability index for crop 1
Mn-Al2
Mn-availability index for crop 2
Mn-I
manganese index
Farmers and other commercial producers should pay special attention to micronutrient levels. If $, pH$, $pH, C or Z
Mn-
mineral -organic soil class
notations appear on the soil report, refer to $Note: Secondary Nutrients and Micronutrients_ In general, homeowners do not
N
nitrogen
need to be concerned about micronutrients. Various crop notes also address lime fertilizer needs; visit
Na
sodium
ncagr.gov/agronomi/pubs.htm.
NO3-N
nitrate nitrogen
ORG
organic soil class
Recommendations for small areas, such as home lawns/gardens, are listed in units of Ib/1000 sq ft. If you cannot find
pH
current soil pH
the exact fertilizer grade recommended on the report, visit www.ncagr.pov/apronomi/obpart4.htrntfsfind information that
P-1
phosphorus index
may help you choose a comparable alternate. For more information, read A Homeowner's Guide to Fertilizer.
P205
phosphate
S-1
sulfur index
Test Results
SS-1
soluble salt index
W/V
weight per volume
The first seven values [soil class, HM%, W/V, CEC, BS%, Ac and pH] describe the soil and its degree of acidity. The
Zn-AI
zinc availability index
Zn-1
zinc index
remaining 16 [P-I, K-I, Ca%, Mg%, Mn-I, Mn-All, Mn-AI2, Zn-I, Zn-AI, Cu-I, S-I, SS -I, Na, ESP, SS -I, NO3-N (not routinel
available)] indicate levels of plant nutrients or other fertility measurement. Visit www.ncagr.pov/agronomi/uyrst.htm

Attachment 6: KSAT Information

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USER 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Road
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
Ksat 1
Heath Clapp
12/8/2022
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
KB=QV/(2nH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)051-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
24 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 "C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
KB: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius ofthe cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
--- --------------- KB Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) I (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) (ft/day)
Start Soak
9:07:00 AM
3,250
#VALUE!
9:26:00 AM
0:19:00
19.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
3,220
30
9:56:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
1.00
0.1
6.65E-06
0.6
0.01
0.02
3,200
20
10:26:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.67
0.0
4.44E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
3,170
30
10:56:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
1.00
0.1
6.65E-06
0.6
0.01
0.02
3,130
40
11:26:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
1.33
0.1
8.87E-06
0.8
0.01
0.03
3,110
20
11:56:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.67
0.0
4.44E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
3,090
20
12:26:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
0.67
0.0
4.44E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
3,060
30
12:56:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.00
0.1
6.65E-06
0.6
0.01
0.02
3,020
40
1:26:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
1.33
0.1
8.87E-06
0.8
0.01
0.03
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
Moist
C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
VS, VP
not encountered
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
8.87E-02
8.87E-061
0.81
0.011
0.03
Averaged last 3 readings
259.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is >-3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r>-5 - <-10. ***Model JP -MI: h
= 10cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
1.40
E
E
1.20
a
d
A
t.00
3
0
0.80
LL
0.60
0.40
0.20
0.00
0 50 100
Total Elapsed Time (min)
150
200 250 300

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USER 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Road
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
Ksat 2
Heath Clapp
12/8/2022
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
Ka=QV/(2nHz)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)051-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
17 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 "C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ TB.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ks: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius ofthe cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
--- --------------- KB Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) I (cm/sec) (cm/day) I (in/hr) (ft/day)
Start Soak
9:05:00 AM
3,250
#VALUE!
9:25:00 AM
0:20:00
20.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
3,240
10
9:55:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.33
0.0
2.22E-06
0.2
0.00
0.01
3,220
20
10:25:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.67
0.0
4.44E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
3,200
20
10:55:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
0.67
0.0
4.44E-06
0.4
0.01
0.01
3,100
100
11:25:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
3.33
0.2
2.22E-05
1.9
0.03
0.06
3,030
70
11:55:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
2.33
0.2
1.55E-05
1.3
0.02
0.04
2,970
60
12:25:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.00
0.1
1.33E-05
1.1
0.02
0.04
2,900
70
12:55:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.33
0.2
1.55E-05
1.3
0.02
0.04
2,830
70
1:25:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
2.33
0.2
1.55E-05
1.3
0.02
0.04
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
Moist
C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
VS, VP
not encountered
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
1.55E-01
1.55E-05
1.31
0.021
0.04
Averaged last 3 readings
260.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is >-3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r>-5 - <-10. ***Model JP -MI: h
= 10cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
c
E
E
3.50
3.00
a
d
m
2.50
K
3
0
2.00
LL
1.50
1.00
0.50
0.00
0 50 100
Total Elapsed Time (min)
150
200 250 300

Constant -Head Borehole Permeameter Test
Solution: USER 7300-89 Condition I (Deep WT or Impermeable layer)
File Name.....: USBR-7300-89-Cond. I
Project Name........:
Project No .............:
Project Location...:
Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Road
Boring No...........:
Investigators......:
Date ...................:
Ksat 3
Heath Clapp
12/8/2022
Solution and Terminology (USBR 7300-89 Condition 1)*
KB=QV/(2nH2)[In{H/r+((H/r)z+1)051-((H/r)z+1)05/(H/r)+1/(H/r))]
where:
Boring Depth.........:
Boring Diameter...:
Boring Radius r.....:
Soil/Water Tmp.T:
Dyn. Visc. @ T......:
37 in (Specify units)
8.9 cm
4.45 cm
25 "C
0.000891 kg/m•s
WCU Base Ht. h:
WCU Susp. Ht. S:
Const. Wtr. Ht. H:
H/r**.................:
Dyn. Visc. @ Ta.:
10.0 cm***
15.2 cm
25.2 cm
5.7
0.000891 kg/m•s
Ka: (Coefficient of Permeability) @ base Tmp. TB °C: 25
Q: Rate of flow of water from the borehole
H: Constant height of water in the borehole
r: Radius ofthe cylindrical borehole
V: Dynamic viscosity of water @ T °C/Dyn. Visc. of water @ TB °C
VOLUME
ml
Volume Out
(ml)
TIME
h:mm:ssA/P
Interval Elapsed Time
Flow Rate Q
(ml/min)
--- --------------- Ka Equivalent Values --------------------------
(hr:min:sec) (min)
(pm/sec) I (cm/sec) (cm/day) (in/hr) (ft/day)
Start Soak
9:09:00 AM
3,250
#VALUE!
9:27:00 AM
0:18:00
18.00
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
#VALUE!
2,950
300
9:57:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
10.00
0.7
6.65E-05
5.7
0.09
0.19
2,700
250
10:27:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
8.33
0.6
5.55E-05
4.8
0.08
0.16
2,390
310
10:57:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
10.33
0.7
6.88E-05
5.9
0.10
0.19
2,090
300
11:27:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
10.00
0.7
6.65E-05
5.7
0.09
0.19
1,810
280
11:57:00 AM
0:30:00
30.00
9.33
0.6
6.21E-05
5.4
0.09
0.18
1,520
290
12:27:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
9.67
0.6
6.43E-05
5.6
0.09
0.18
1,240
280
12:57:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
9.33
0.6
6.21E-05
5.4
0.09
0.18
960
280
1:27:00 PM
0:30:00
30.00
9.33
0.6
6.21E-05
5.4
0.09
0.18
Natural Moisture.......:
USDA Txt./USCS Class:
Struct./% Pass. #200..:
Moist
C
Consistency ...............:
Water Table Depth...:
Init. Saturation Time.:
VS, VP
not encountered
Total Time
(min)
Enter KB Value:
6.21E-01
6.21E-05
5.41
0.091
0.18
Averaged last 3 readings
258.00
*USBR 7300-89. Condition I
15cm, Model JP-M2 (3"): h
exists when the distance from the water surface in the borehole to the water table or an impermiable layer is >-3X the depth of the water in the borehole. **H/r>-5 - <-10. ***Model JP -MI: h
= 10cm, Model JP-JR2 (2") h = 17cm. Johnson Permeameter, LLC. Revised 12/04/2015
=
Flow Rate Q vs. Total Elapsed Time
E
E
12.00
a
d
A
,o.00
3
0
LL
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
0 50 100
Total Elapsed Time (min)
150
200 250 300

Escobar -
KcnT 1
Depth = 24 in
Ksat= 0.013 in/hr
0.19 gal/day/ftZ
KcnT 2
Depth = 17 in
Ksat= 0.022 in/hr
0.33 gal/day/ftZ
KcnT 3
Depth = 37 in
Ksat= 0.088 in/hr
1.32 gal/day/ftZ
Geometric Mean 0.029 in/hr
Geometric Mean 0.438 gal/day/ftZ

Attachment 7: Water Balance Worksheet

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Facility Address: 2501 Hollyheights Ave
Durham, NC
Durham Co Parcel ID: 170486
County: Durham
Prepared by: Jeff Vaughan
Project Design Flow = 600 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location of Temperature Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
Site Latitude (degrees) 36.02 within range
Calculated PET: 31.85 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
41.6
0.86
1.10
0.36
February
44.6
0.85
1.67
0.54
March
51.6
1.03
3.25
1.33
April
60.5
1.09
5.73
2.55
May
66.6
1.22
7.69
3.88
June
76.5
1.22
11.23
5.78
July
64.9
1.24
7.11
3.63
August
78.5
1.16
12.01
5.93
September
72.3
1.03
9.67
4.18
October
61.4
0.97
6.01
2.38
November
47.8
0.85
2.35
0.78
December
44.3
0.84
1.61
0.52
Total =
69.43
31.85
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location of Precipitation Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 50.34
Total =
Mean
Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.42
7.80
3.92
2.78
6.32
3.18
4.10
9.33
4.70
3.53
8.03
4.04
3.38
7.69
3.87
3.70
8.43
4.24
4.88
11.10
5.59
4.23
9.62
4.84
4.27
9.73
4.90
2.93
6.68
3.36
3.32
7.56
3.81
3.39
7.72
3.89
43.92
100.00
50.34
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Annual Hydraulic
Design Flow = 600 gal/day Loading Rate =
SFR Loading Rate Group: C
Limiting Soil Ksat = 0.029 inch/hour Irrigation Area =
Drainage Coefficient = 0.130 =
16.84 inch/yr
20,859 square ft
0.47886 acres
Drainage Rate = 0.09048 inchiday (Formula: Ksat ' Drainage Coefficient ' 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET
(inlmo)
Vertical
Drainage
(inlmo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsiday)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsimonth)
January
31
0.36
2.80
3.92
0.00
0
0
February
28
0.54
2.53
3.18
0.00
0
0
March
31
1.33
2.80
4.70
0.00
0
0
April
30
2.55
2.71
4.04
1.23
532
15,962
May
31
3.88
2.80
3.87
2.81
1,178
36,517
June
30
5.78
2.71
4.24
4.25
1,843
55,296
July
31
3.63
2.80
5.59
0.84
354
10,987
August
31
5.93
2.80
4.84
3.89
1,632
50,588
September
30
4.18
2.71
4.90
1.99
865
25,942
October
31
2.38
2.80
3.36
1.82
765
23,708
November
30
0.78
2.71
3.81
0.00
0
0
December
31
0.52
2.80
3.89
0.00
0
0
TOTAL = 365 31.85 33.03 50.34
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate
Table
SFR
Maximum Annual
Geometric Mean
Loading
Loading Rate
Ksat Range
Rate
(in/yr)
(in/hr)
Group
Low - High
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 - 19.5
0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 - 13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
16.84 7169.03 219,000
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
1 720 gal/day
1 262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable
irrigation: 219,000 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix G
Engineering Plans
` AL
024582.

Avvr
0 o Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
--s es cence WW S e 501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
aw
Project Locct*ion*. 2501 HoHyhe*Ights Drive LATowin and
Jf` junk If [ Escobar—Hollyheights WWTS
Durham,NC 27704 Surface Drip
OWner Information:
Durham C o u n t y
JustJustEscobar
;�. � 2501 Hollyheights Drive
— Durham, NC 27704
' 919-672-5432
0852 9 9 2760 r.. , [e-mail]
Property Information:
,T 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham Co Parce D 1 � 0 4 8 6 Durham, 27704
� Durham Coo unty
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Project Owner: Justo Escobar
25M HoHyhe*Ights Drive -
Durham, NC 27703
AR
919— 672— 5432
ttMrrrtrlrrffr
spor Complex %
_ t SEAL
458
u s t o e s c o b a r 2 2 @gma *1 com= i
N.T.S. Jfr'y '••,.,.+,41
VICINITY MAPt
Project Consu tant: Kevin Davidson
kdcv*[e-mail]
FINAL DESIGN
Sheet n d e x NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
Agr*I—Waste nc�
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
Jeff VaughanSheet 1 o Cover Sheet
Sheet 2-0 LayoutProperty
jVaughcn@bagr*iwaste.com
Sheet 3: Treatment System Layout
501 N,, Street,
Sheet 4o Surface Dr*ipfie�dLayout
A
NC 27502Dr*ipfie�d Deta*i�
Pex9 Sheet 5o
(919)859— 0669 Sheet 6-0 Surface Dr'lp Deta*i Sheet #1
Sheet 7o Surface Dr° Deta° Sheet 2
919 2�� 19�0 Eaxp
Sheet 8o Surface D r* p Deta * Sheet # 3 SHEET TITLE
System Overv*iew*.
Sheet 9-0 Surface Dr°pDeta° Sheet 4 Surface Dr pSheet 10°Surface Dr°Cover Sheet
° p Notes
5 bedroom 9 600 a o n s per day DRAWN BY: CREATED ON.,
J. BANKS 03,31,2023
Sheet 1 1 o Site M a
REVISED
EV SED BY: RE
VISED EV SED ON.
Wastewater�rr*igat*ionSystem J. BANKS 08.10.2023
RELEASED BY., RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON —
SHEET NAME:

A%VT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
\
\
Technology, Agri -Waste Inc.
g gY,
50 1 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
\
\
\
\
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
\
\
Escobar —Holly heights WWTS
Surface Drip
\ \ \ \ \
\ I
I
Owner Information:
\Justo
\ \ \ \ \
\ \ I
Escobar 2501 Hollyheights Drive
\ \ o \
-�\ \ o
\
o
_
Durham N C 27704
919-672-5432
1 1 \ rn z \
\
[e-mail]
CD
CD �
I I I \ 0
\ C o
1 \
\
z
\
— -
00,
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
\
Durham, NC 27704
\
\�
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
/
V \ D7
0
O
Q7 f Itt!!t I i i f
0 `ifr ` `
i t`f'
0 f %,: r i %t. % i t 1 rff /t I
f f
r� m ZONE 2 / ,` lit;,
tti it
I,.5,�1 i ,tf i f i�i "if
,I i
c,,
�- /
11111511i1#f�IlfJfj
ca{
,•/•,
* fr f
• -+�
.i ji
W t=t
f ff ; ti f f i , ti i i f if
r f i ii f f i it i -i t/f j( 7 f 1 �i f
i f f i [ ( i � � i fit ft ,, t 1 i
i
i i
-// 9
/ U
7
i
ti J l
�t
l tttt i i if f fl if f f it _" I i 7 tF t f' :i F f;/' ,F t i jv
f i f j f 3 i i
/A f f i i i
, i f f" % t`t ti 7 t I �� �� � f�Q3
.yy�� f i i f r f l i i % �f :i t � I I I I �� �% %`� 1
/
V003,
\ ��J / 003 ,
�
� �
/
y5 {1
r` SEAL
+7
�L
V/ _�tt
y� {{ i i
/I. _ i i _ t
- - - -------- - - - - - -------- - - -, . ,7LV-.l f• t t i i f i t f i _ fi 7t f f" ( t i f'
f
f i
ff i i t
i�f f i � � I I f �tti i (i I
��
_ f fi r ff F t t
- ..,. . „f I frr f ii f j f
, 1 r fi j t
— - - - - ----- - - - - - - ----- - -- - - - -_., ._"i Jf, ,� r ff f i f '
- ..- ,.., ,
- ., �.,. t f f fi
----------------------- - _..._.. ,� , , f - f 'fi; ,�� ZONE 1 : �_`�`Mf: i
- .- f , iS
t r i
� rt fit I r /
`"
S�(I
�
�— —
l{ :0
(� ( ��
.- ttt;;ffft;;;;; f.,_; -/,j
.f - t I ` `;, `i
o
�no�g rn
I
i5}
if :f ` f: , :
----------- _...-,. , , t
. 44 . // t ;f' ii ' f` .`
-------------------- --- ----
----
----
---z---
ack
O
1
_. _ .._._.._. ,l 1' �
en hb----------------------_, ._... /,- l l�� JI '
or i
,
P
Ull
tt
-----------------I
t t i t ft
r j
t /
-
-Jif
r
ZONE 4
tjt/tft t
t `
-/
T
/
;i
t,
f
i
O
\
FINAL DESIGN
I
w
O O
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
•�
ZONE 3
r m
._ i
C�
I \
�/
O O
/ CD O
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION 0
N
N
/ o
ti
cn
aoua
�� o
Q
m
50' Property Line Setback
—
Cl)
m
0CT
0°12'42"E
100.05' — —
\ \
oe a
�i q� S
aoua isa
p. �
�
\
\ 6uiaoqu6iaN ,00 1� — \
SHEET TITLE
Property Layout
\ \ \ o
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
\
\ o
J. BANKS
03,31,2023
REVISED BY:
REVISED ON:
\
Z \
\ 0 \ \ \ C
BANKS
02.23.2024
FTI_�
/
- —
\ CD
\ \ \ \\ \
\
J.
RELEASED BY:
RELEASED ON:
0 60 1 0
\ \ 0 \
K I
DAVIDSON
-
Feet
.
SHEET NAME:
Scaled for 24"x36" Sheet
1XIN

Note:;:
Adj*ust tanks to meet s*Ite
constra'Mts.
• ST and PT to have burial
depth no greater than 36".
• Position Headworks unit over
PT if space permlts.
Line Legend
Line
Name
Size
Type
DL
Drain Line
4.0"
SCH
40
PVC
AFDL
AdvanTex Filter Drain Line
3.0
SCH
40
PVC
FSL
Field Supply Line
1 ,5"
SCH
40
PVC
FRL
Field Return Line
1.0
SCH
40
PVC
STRL
Septic Tank Return Line
1.0
SCH
40
PVC
ERL
Effluent Return Line
1.0"
SCH
40
PVC
HSL
Headworks Supply Line
1.0"
SCH
40
PVC
HL
Headworks Line
1.0"
SCH
40
PVC
COVPONENT LEGEND
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar-Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
Owner Information:
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
AR
oj
SEAL
— 024582
�[2�1-L-�
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
BV Ball Valve A AdvanTex Pod
\�
S B Splice Box HW Headworks
w
\ \
\
ST Septic Tank Controlan
CP Panel
���, ���, ��,,
N
RT Recirculation Tank
P PumpPT
Pump Tank UV UV Disinfection
-------__
E F Effluent Filter ter
� � \
SHEET TITLE
CO Cleanout
Treatment
— —
c
System Layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. BANKS 03.31.2023
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
J. BANKS 02.23.2024
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON -
SHEET NAME:
Scaled for 24"x36" Sheet
WW-3.

Avvr
O R
uV
izx
C0•
m
s S C H 40 PVC Supply Line
Engineers and Soil Scientists
O
— �C-
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
_ _ __ _ _
�
15' Building
MOUND
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
�r sT j
Setback
Removed Line (Scenario. -Zone 3
www.agriwaste.com
�� gl
See note
UnsuccessfulMound Remova )
35
..............
Escobar —Hollyheights WWTS
6'
Air Re I e f Valve
Surface Drip
PT ��
8
V
►� Check Valve
Owner Information:
�
y� Ball Valve
ar
2501 Hollyhbeights Drive
L52: 76,
a)
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
—
\ \P°
W
•�
S u
8c ReturnLine° N 0 t e S
Property Information:
DurOhlam�INCe127704 ghts Drive
Supp�y
o
°
and return n e route S Shown for
Durham County
N PI 0852-97-97-2760
c art
� Van*ifo�d exam e ma be found on
yp y
ZONE 1
O
WW7.
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
,2s: ; �27; ��,;; ���,;; ��,;; ���,;; ���,�__----___
�; \\ \;�
\; \\\\ C
oF�owrcites
t o b e ve r f e d a t startup t o
\�\
CD
LO
ensure ° n S t a e d�ines° are adequate and no
addit'i
o n a a ° r a e S are required.
+rrrrrr�rrfr
\
ZONE 2
j\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
\ ZONE 3
Genera Drci*infiie�d
SEAL _
�,, ,
Supp�yL'ines�r.
a out.0245827
: 4
Air rei e f v a v e at to 0 f each��
zone
ReturnL'ines
3S �
------
------------------------
------------------
------
;, \ �, � .., . ZONE 4
\\
v a v e baH v a v e and a i r rei e f
Check-------
-__-__-__-___
--------------------------
\
\
\ \ \ \ \
9 9
v a�ve
FINALDESIGN
\
NOT RELEASED FOR
��1�7_K__—__
\ \
a t top o f each zone.
ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
\ \ \ \ \ \ \REV.
Drip�*ine to have 3' Spacing
X, IN
SO�L_MOUND
NOTE.
MoundMUST be ca ref u y removed to
preserve ime rit of soi °g y
LSS to e a uate successprior to
nsta ation and contact PE.
F D STURBED, Nanking MUST be used
SHEET TITLE
50'
Property Line Se a .�
over u n s u ita b e a rea o
Dripf'16dLayout
0
IQ�
��
°
Extend Ines 59-67 by amount of
�,
._��`'
banking used.
Lines 68-70 may not be extended.
y
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
/
AH setbacks to be maintained °
J. BANKS
03.31.2023
REVISED BY:
REVISED ON:
J. BANKS
O4,29,2024
S89047'12"E
RELEASED BY:
RELEASED ON:
319,50'
K. DAVIDSON
—
SHEET WE:
/ \
WW�4
Scaled for 24"x36" Sheet

General Drainfield Layout:
Supply Lines
—Air relief valve at top
Return Lines
—Check valve, ball valve,
at top of each zone.
DRIP LINE TO
of each
and air
VAINTAIN 3' SPACING
zone.
relief
valve
i -- 15' Building 9
6' ST� Setback L161)
I I 25-RT
" I F P w w Fence
PT
1 g9--------------------
_ ZONE 1__,,,-_--_„�-------,--„-------------„----�___ --- .__------- ----„_ - 76
SUPPLY MANIFOLD ______
--- ________ ___-__ _ ZONE 3
Feeding laterals 1-8 - - - _ -- -- - RETURN MANIFOLD
_ - - _ __ -- - ---
-___ - --- --_.,
3S---------------------
ZONE 1 -__ - -
RETURN MANIFOLD - _ _ - - -
.70
� ZONE 3
� - SUPPLY MANIFOLD
ZONE 2 .... �'' .Feeding laterals 18-26
�`6
` SUPPLY MANIFOLD <y
Feeding laterals
9-17
-------------- --
-----
-----------
ZONE 2xx
-------------------------
RETURN MANIFOLD
9 -------------------------------------------------------------
. RETURN MANIFOLD
xlx
-------------------------,----------------------------------__ -.___
---------------------------L ' 7-8 --------------------------------
ZONE 4
�G SUPPLY MANIFOLD
Feeding laterals 27-35
li
50' Property Line Se r
CD
C�
CD
V
a)
U)
a)
C:
O
Q.
O
O
LO
Scaled for 24%36" Sheet
ZONE RETURN LINES TO BE AT SAME ELEVATION
AS DRIP TUBING TO PREVENT AIR —LOCKING
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar- Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
CHECK VALVE
AIR RELEASE VALVE
Owner Information:
(for multi —zoned
Justo Escobar
System)
AIR RELEASE VALVE RRite
2501 Hollyheights Drive
BALL
DRIP lueINc
Durham, NC 27704
VALVE
0 fitter Sp Ong
/
919-672-5432
-
[e-mail]
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
C-----------------------------------------------------
Property Information:
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — D
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
-----------------------------------------------------D
C
Durham County
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
w
-----------------
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
----------------------------------- ----------------
ZONE 1 SUPPLY __3_O.C. Loop
TYPICAL Connection
COMMON RETURN
r r rtr+frxf{tr
GAR per{f
'sS --�
SEAL
-.A
SCH 40 PVC Supply Line
—F�----- SCH 40 PVC Return Line
• Air Relief Valve
►H Check Valve
106, Ball Valve
General Drainfield Notes:
1. 30 days prior to the installation, a grid of 10-30 borings shall be
taken across the proposed drainfield to determine areas where fill may
be necessary to maintain 12" separation from the SHWT.
2. Clear all trees less than 8" in diameter (measured at a height 3' from
soil surface) from the drainfield.
3. Vegetation that will re —grow from a cut stump shall be stumped or
pulled from the ground. Stumps shall not be pushed over. Remaining
stumps may be ground in place with "forestry cutter" or equivalent.
4. Drainfield area shall be raked of all leaves, pine straw, debris, etc. The
accumulated material shall be removed from the drainfield.
5. Mulching and seeding shall be done prior to laying out drip tubing. Seed
and straw drainfield as per project specifications.
6. Manifold supply and return lines shall be installed With a minimum of
18" cover.
7. Blanking shall be installed as necessary. A minimum of 9,466' of
emitter tubing is required. To account for potential blanking, the
dripfield layout considers 10,075'.
8. The manifold trenches shall be backfilled by hand in order to protect
tubing connections.
9. Drip line to have 3' spacing.
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
D ripfl le l d
Connection Deto'l
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. BANKS 03.31.2023
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
J. BANKS 02.23.2024
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON -
SHEET NAME:
ww-5

SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC,
MODEL: TS 1500 STB
NON TRAFFIC
1500 Gallon Septic Tank
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON. NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
WWW.SHOAFPRECAST.COM
SHOAF-1,500 SEPTIC TANK
STB-390 NON TRAFFIC
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,517 GALLONS/AIRSPACE-10"
TANK HEIGHT-70"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF INLET-61"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF OUTLET-59"
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO-2 TO 1
SIZE OF INLET &OUTLET-4" PIPE
TYPE OF INLET &OUTLET-POLYLOCK OR EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000; TANK WEIGHT- 13,000 CBS.
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
"NOTE —USE 24" 126`
CAST -IN -PLACE 120`
ORENCO RISE
ADAPT E
6
4" INLET &
OUTLET BOOTS
ON ENDS ONLY
**TOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS
ARE TO WIDEST DIMENSIONS
SCALE - N.T.S.
Cost in Ploce Orenco Riser Adopters
4BBER
�ASTIC SEALANT CONTINUOUS STATE
INLET ro. 126•+ OUTLET "` dOINT APPROVAL #
6" SHOAF-1500
120
o STB-390
79" 39'
2
1O" Ai+SPACE ATER LEVEL
VENT Y VENT O
SLOT
57" 3
TO BOTTOM OF 7. 6
59• 53" 4" OUTLET o 0 o 0
TO BOTTOM OF A'+ FLOW 4\
INLET THROUGH FLOW
THROUGH
SIDE VI e� END VIEW
75" 35"
116
12t 2"
1. Septic tank to be approved by NCDHHS.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
R
R
6`
6
"
a•..eo 2i•
Rko Bo�
aeeo 74•
Rker bse �/
2
24
TOP VIES
SEPTIC TANK DETAIL (or equivalent
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
3.5 "x 6.5' C CA
Treated Post
A
99
�J d. Zg
9>
4th� 40
Ground surface
4 FENCE DETAIL (or equivalent)
-5 N-T_S_ SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
20' (max)
)_.5 GC
umini�
once �
' C CA
Post
**NOTE -USE 24"
CAST -IN -PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER
50"
NOTE:VARIOUS
RISER AVAILABLE
Orenco 24" Orenco 24"
Riser BoseRiser Bose 1i/
ua ua
24 24
MODEL: MS NON —TRAFFIC 4000 PT
NON TRAFFIC MID SEAK1 PUMP TANK
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
VvWW.shoafprecost.com
— NC APPROVAL#: PT-2106
— LIQUID CAPACITY — 4,219 GALLONS
— GALLONS PER INCH — 43.95
— PIP PENETRATIONS —(MEETS ASTM C-923)
— CONCRETE — 5000 PSI ON
— TANK WEIGHT — 20,800
— TOP — 10,400#/
— BOTTOM — 10,400#
— REINFORCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
— 141" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINUOUS
102"
AX25 800 gal. Recirc. Tank -Top View
rt
Yent
Final Discharge
Recirc Pump
Vault
Splice Box
Timer Settings
# of Cycles/day
96
cycles/day
Cycle Volume
19.7
gallons
Cycle Run Time
0,87
minutes
Cycle Off Time
14.13
minutes
O
YeriComm®
COrItrOlPallel
Control Panel Detail
,Vol To Scale
Discharge
LiquidLevel
Invert
/3S' from Bottom
ofTank�
Discharge Detail
,Vol To Scale
Start-up And Service To Be Performed By
An AdvanTex Trained Service Provider
Discharge
/.w" de/ailJ
A%VT
S"Exterior Inve
"is Actual Invert
)utlet, see detail)
1. Pump tank to be approved by NCDHHS or Engineer. -' a=>se✓ Orenco Recirc. '
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank 0.21 Pump System
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer. AX25800ga1. Recirc. Tank - Side View Discharge Chamber -End View
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
PUMP TANK DETAIL (or equivalent tank with 1-d
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
HORIZONTAL LINE/END DETAIL
emergency storage) �AX25-RT UV ADVANTEX TREATMENT SYSTEM - FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY
it
/or
e/toenail
lul
I�IU I L: I- our strands are recommended Tor the
perimeter fence. At a minimum, 2 strands must be
installed. Fence wire shall not be stapled to trees
N.T.S. SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
Back fill
With rlatUra
material to
surface
24" (typ)
Back fill
I
I
I
f
With ,�78
to midseam
Fiberglass
Reinforced
Beam -
AX-RT AdvanTex Anti-Buoyan
N.T.S. SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
Beams
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar—Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
OWner Information:
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
���■� � OA IROj�
i SEAL ; e�s•+S
024582
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet # 1
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. BANKS 03.31.2023
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
J. BANKS 08.10.2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
K, DAVIDSON —
SHEET NAME:
WW-6
NOT TO SCALE

HEADWORKS
BOX #1
1` Street elbo#
Plpe/Coupling
*Minimum length
or Per Manufacturers
ss ( ® 45'
Into bottom
of 1` Union,)
Specifications
1,15" cram PT y
DISChorge
Length=fOd* —
1,25
I
�45' Soc x spig
street elbo#
Gasket
\ / l
SCH 80
3/4"
SC 80 Gasket/
1" Flex PVC
~1" Street elbo#
Union
W/ Bushing Floyymeter
Union
W/ Bushing
3/4` Union (® Valve
45' into bottom
of spin clean
filter,)
1` Unions �
Plpe/Coup)/ng
Casket\a
Valve
To Heodyla#2
Length=5d* =
`
1,25"
1` Gasket 1" Union
Gasket %�
—
�— —
LK
SCH 80 1,5'�Spin SCH 80
Union Union
1y/ Bushing Clean Filler */ Bushing
Plpe/Coupling 1I'
1" PVC IrYe
Pipe/Coupling
1 ` Pipe
BOTTOM LAYER
TOP LAYER
Note: Supply
line penetrations
to be at least
18" below top of
box
HEADWORKS BOX #1 -TOP VIEW
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
C
BALL
VALVE
HEADWORKS BOX #2
From
Heod*orks y1
1
1,25" y To Drainfield
f, Gasket
1,25 — — To Drainfield
1.25" — — To Drainfield
Gasket
1.25" —To Drolnlleld
1 PipelCoupling
1.25" (Union 1" Solenoid Union
Valve Union
Nipple Nipple
the the
Note: Return line penetrations to be at least 18" below top of box
HEADWORKS BOX #2 - TOP VIEW
N.T,S, (or equivalent)
7nK'c RETURN LINES TO L) AT SAME ELEVATION
DRIP TUBING TO PREVENT AIR —LOCKING
RELEASE VALVE
AIR RELEASE VALVE Perc—Rite
DRIP TUBING
0.61 GPH Cd 24"
Emitter Spacing
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
---------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
---------------------------------------------
- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
---------------------------------------------
- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -
----------------------------------- ----------------
9
1PPLY _—_O.C. Loop
TYPICAL Connection
DRIPLINE
3 FEET MINIMUM
DRIPLINE
*NO BLANK DRIPLINE REQUIRED ON 3' SPACING
DRIP LINE LOOP DETAIL
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
FLEXIBLE PIPE
BACKFILL
1211
SEPARATION
18" Minimum
Cover over
Supply and
Return Cne
3 AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL
�V�V-7 N.T.S.
ADAPTER
VALVE BOX
Y J Q c C !_I Y-f,i
Schroder .CJ/e
(Symbd on
Drawing)
DRIPPER LINE
FINISHED GRADE —7
PVC PIPE -/ riigrrirr rr
r
PVC TEE
EARTHEN DAM IN TRENCH
TO PREVENT FLOW ALONG
FLEX PVC LOOP
TYPICAL DRIP LINE INSTALLATION
N.T.S.
COMMON RETURN I DRIPLINE FLEXIBI�//�
(GLUED INTO MAN
TYPICAL TOP -FEED MANIFOLD CONFIGURATION (for illustration only)
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
X/\ 10\4*ADLI
TRENCH
BOTTOM
SUPPLY AND RETURN LINE CONNECTION DETAIL
N.T.S,
NOT TO SCALE
USE TRENCH SIDES TO
SUPPORT FLEXIBLE PIPE
PVC TEE'S ON SUPPLY PVC REDUCING TE
& RETURN MANIFOLDS (ROTATED TO -45
(ROTATED AT -45°)
ANIFOLD
A%VT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar-Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
Owner Information:
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
���}���xtit�tirrr��r�
ti � CAR0
ti
- t SEAL ; es•+
I�zI�I-�A
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #2
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. BANKS 03.31.2023
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
J. BANKS 02.23.2024
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON -
SHEET NAME:
WW�7

*NOTES
Install Sampling Spigot With Pump Tank Discharge Line,
Install Headworks Riser(s) over top of pump tank if space permits (see WVV3).
-AII risers to extend 6" above finished grade.
System piping and conduit to maintain 18" cover (except where noted).
4"x6" Support Post
Bury 36" min in
natural soil.
Control Panel
24" above ground
M (min.)
Rain Sensor
A%vr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Vent 6" above ground Riser or Box 6" above ground Ball Valve (2) 6" above ground Safety Net with Safety Net with surface Enclosure surface Escobar-Hollyhelghts WWTS
Safety Net with Safety Net with 4 Conduit surface Quick Disconnect Quick Disconnect
Quick Disconnect Quick Disconnects AdvanTex Splice Box i
One Piece AX25-RT Unit 18" burial Splice Box Splice Box Surface Drip
Riser or LB or LB
6° above ground Cast In Place
surface Riser Ada ters Clean, Tamped Slope soil away Head Works headwords
s
P from unit i p, Unit Unit
4Backfill/��/ ����� \X �� (spin Filter,Flow Meter, (Supply Valves) Omer information:
-111=1 11= /,�//,� // / /
� Justo Escobar
Undisturbed ERL STRLEll1EI 1 / IBER- Return Valve A�
I clean, Tamped 18" Min. 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Clean, Tamped Clean, Tamped p 18" Min. 8 Min. 8" Min.
Earth Clean, Tamped Backfill Backfill Backfill p Backfill Durham, NC 27704
4" Sch 4o PVC 4" s�o PVC Return Conburial Assembly To Drain 919-672-5432
Gravel Gravel [e-mail]
Line I I -LI � Field
-III-I aaaaaaa ---------------------
o°o°o°o Cast In Place cast In Place - - - - - - - - - - - Property Information:
00600�0 3" Sch 40 P�Discharge Line Riser Adapter Riser Adapter 2501 Holl hel htS Drive
000�0 Durham, NC 27704
Compacted Baffle �o�o�oo oo�o�o�o = Ell1EIIE
=Undisturbed= Durham County
Backfill Hales i -I I 1-i 0°0°0°0 0o0o0o0o _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = Earth = _ _ = PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
000000 00000000 -_ -
Undisturbed 000000 0o0o�o�o - PE/TWA 76°
Effluen� Earth to o°o°o° 00000000
Filter Support Pipe 000000 0000000 -_
H
1 500-gal. Baffled Septic Tank (FTP 0854-36-NC) 0000000 °0°0°0°0 - ` „' TE 26" III-III-III-�-� �-III-III-III-1 l l-I l I-� 1�� '
78 Graver 0000000 00000000 UV Unit
6" (min) Gravel Bed 6" (min) Gravel Bed .1 � �- _l I � � LWAyRO 18"
-III-1 I I-1 I I -I I I
I-III=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=1 I I=I i 1 Recirculation PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
Transfer Line Compacted Backfill *AII Float Distances Referenced
#57 Gravel I I -I I I-1 I i- Recirculation
-, i Recirculation Pump Vault from Interior of Tank Floor
Undisturbed Earth Undisturbed Earth Return Valve
4000gal. Pump Tank
6" (min) Gravel Bed
Undisturbed Earth
SYSTEM PROFILE VIEW
_g NTS SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Septic Tank
AdvanTex FAT Pod
Pump Tank
Drainline Inv it EL at house (assumed)
358.50
ft
Pipe Length from ST outlet
. 00
ft
Pipe Slope to P ,jmp Ta e
I.0016
Pipe Length to Septic Tank
30.00
ft
Pipe Sl0pefF0M ST to Pod
1. %
Pipe Length
15.00
ft
Slope of Pipe to ,peptic Ta-*
7. %
Ground Surface at Pod
358.00
ft
Elevation at Inlet Invert
354.74
ft
rOra -id SJi-face at Septic Tank
358.25
ft
Exposed Height of Pod
2. G
i11
Distance to Inlet Invert From Exterior Top (Located 1n I -filet Riser)
.0
111
Cover over Septic Tank
1
.0
In
0.17
ft
0.25
ft
1.OG
ft
Elevation at top of Pod
353.17
ft
Elevation at top of Pump Tank
354.49
ft
Elevation at top of Septic Ta'* 'E te.r-ior
357.25
ft
Extension Collar Height
0
ill
Ground Surface at Pump Tank
357.25
ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top
0.92
ft
0.000
ft
Cover over Pump Tank
33.1
in
Elevation at Inlet i evert
356.33
ft
Distance to INet invert from top
2.15
ft
2.76
ft
Distance to Outlet invert from Top
1.
0 -
ft
Elevation at Inlet invert
356.02
ft
External Tank Height
8.67
ft
Elevation at Cutlet I ,eve rt
355.17
ft
Distance to Outlet Invert from top
3.27
ft
Exterior Bottom of Tank EL
345.83
ft
Exte r-lal He iaht of Septic Tank
5.83
ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
354.39
ft
T nk ottom Thickness
4.0
in
E x;te real Bottom of Tank Elevation
351.42
ft
Height of Pod
72.0
in
Elevation at Tank Floor
346.16
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6.G
In
(with Extension)
.01
ft
Elevation at pump (- f' off floor)
346.66
ft
Bottom of Excavation ovation Elevation
350.92
ft
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
352.17
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness ness
6.0
in
Pod Bottom Th chess
0.21
in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
345.33
ft
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
352.18
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
.0
1n
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
351.67
ft
Riser Heights ( ppr ox)
AdvanTex FAT Pod FIo•at Settings
Pumps Tank Float Settings
Septic Tank 1.5 ft
Height from
Height from
1 in
EIe . (ft)
Tank Floor (in)
Elev. (ft)
Tank
Floor (in
Pump Tank 3. 3. It
Low Water. -Redundant Off
354.52
28
Low Water. Recllunclant Off
347.66
i
39in
PUMP O eaide
355.60
41
Timer Enable
348.33
26
High Water Alarm
355.73
4 . �
Peak Enable/High Water Alarm
352.49
7
z SYSTEM ELEVATIONS
_g SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
NOT TO SCALE
4 '•
SEAL
- �24582
if "• D�0 ti\
(I� -L-IIII
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #3-
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. BANKS 03.31.2023
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
J. BANKS 08.10.2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON -
SHEET WE
WW�8

FLOW DIAGRAM
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
90° Elbow
Reducing
Tee
Pump Tank
Outlet Riser
1 ,22" Pump
Discharge hne
Safety Net
Pressure -Rated
Flexible Pipe
Camlock Fitting
w/ Coupling
1 " Spigot
Note- AH components
SCH40 PVC except
Ground Surface
90° Elbow
Ball Valve
�De
Grommet
90` Elbow
to be 1.2599
where noted,
pep FRESHWATER SPIGOT DETAIL
_g N T-S_ SOURCE; AWT. Inc,
Install Safety Net in Each Access
Riser that does not contain an
nner Lid
Install Safety Net Below End Riser Rib
Riser
Rubber Washer, Wall
Flat Washer, &
Cap Nut or Lock Safety
Nut p Net
Riser Threaded Eye
wan
Hydraulic Cement-
MA320 (or
equivalent)
t ..
�. �. Cast- Iin- place
Riser Adapter
Top of Concrete Tanker
C-4-4.. K-4ting
NOTE: Install 4 Ring Clamps if
8" (or larger) Filter is Used
p3--� RISER & SAFETY NET
V�1iV-9 N T_S_ SOURCE; AWT, Inc,
Eye Bolt
RISER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Prep Adopter Channel & Riser
1.1. Roughen the bonding surfaces of
the adapter and riser With
sandpaper,
1.2. Use a clean cloth and acetone or
alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and riser.
The bonding surfaces must be
clean and dry for a good fit and
Watertight joint. Let the acetone
or alcohol dry completely.
2. Apply Adhesive
2.1. Apply a bead of methacrylate
adhesive to the outside of the
adapter. One 7-oz pocket of
MA320 adhesive is typical for one
24" riser.
3. Install Riser
3.1. If the riser has penetrations, align
the riser correctly.
3.2. Firmly press the riser onto the
adapter until the bottom of the
riser is resting on the concrete
(cost - in- adapters) or the adapter
flonge (bolted -doyen adopters).
Tyyist the riser back and forth
slightly to fully seat it on to
create a good bond.
3.3. Apply a bead of methacrylate
adhesive to the inside of the
access riser -adapter joint.
3.4. Use a tongue depressor, putty
knife, or clean cloth to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of
the access riser-odopter joint.
3.5. Apply hydraulic cement to bond
outer riser Wall and top of tonk.
4. Ensure safety net and inner lid are in
place and secured.
FOR RISER WALL PENETRATIONS
Grommet Size, Inches
(Nominal IPS Pipe Size)
Hole So* Size,
Inches
1/2
1
3/4
1 1/4
1
1 9/16
1 1 /4
1 3/4
1 1/2
2 1/8
2
2 3/4
3
3 7/8
4
5
RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
COVER CONDUIT
MINIMUM 18"
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL DIRECTLY
CONTROL TO POSTS OR TO ALUMINUM
PANEL PLATE (GRIND OFF
0000 PROTRUDING SCREWS)
0
IN
2X4 TREATED -SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
(min.)
GRAVEL
TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
made #
LaL&ia N
Rjn 9
5Ul11
LengthL�fG
. �
�l
(Length Ifto
Length (ft)
'3
52
76
'�.0
S3
76
5
2402
S5
76
1
1�
59
r6
.
0
76
M
76
_.
4
ss
rt
5
<37
2062
E13
76
6
100
61
76
-'
7
102
:�b
Fig
5
102
3
76
:9
10
�• 1
1a
10
1 1
102
IM
76
12
102
67
76
la
102
306
22
69
76
304
1
14
102
69
76
1s
102
70
76
Il
1 ra
102
XG
71
76
17
102
23
72
152
51 D
1s
102
713
156
Ili
102
306
24
74
156
210E.
20
102
75
152
Total 1
5
Min. Required9,466 �
Blanking 6.43%
1d2
�r
21
10276
7'7
134
J
22
111�
30
�6
7'A
126
la
102
�
122
1 ��
41
27'
�I
D
_ 51- i
_
a
25
102
30
1
J.
�1
1 ��
112
26
101
�
1�
�� w
27
11�1
&3
18
2;a
29
i4
13
_
85
145
JO
.97
86
76
_1�I
28b
d2
N
76
89
✓6
:34
274
!11
gl
7$
2J).1
91
76
'_Q
92
76
J7
89
93
76
$
94
r 6
20
95
76
M
97
76
76
_
76
45
-8A
0_
76
47
-
ill
76
88
4
10
76
76
y
116!1:1
7.01
+x
1 76
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar—Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
Owner Information;
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
justoescobar@gm(iil.com
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #4
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. BANKS 03.31.2023
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
J. BANKS 1 02.23.2024
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON —
SHEET NAME
DISCHARGE ASSEMBLY
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT. Inc.
6 ZONE SUMMARY
_g N,T,S, SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
NOT TO SCALE
ww-9

INSTALLATION NOTES
1. Boundary and Topographical information taken from Plat Map and GIS Mapping. If actual site
conditions vary from those shown on plans, contact Engineer before moving forward.
2. Drip field to be 100' from any off -site residence, 100' from any Well, 15' from on -site
residence or building foundation, 100' from any surface Water, and 50' from any property line
(unless otherwise indicated). Treatment tanks to be 15' from any on -site residence or building
foundation, 100' from any well, and 50' from any surface Water. Verification of these setbacks to
be performed by contractor.
3. Pre -construction meeting to be held with Certified Installer prior to any construction activities.
4. Actual installation and placement of treatment system to be overseen by Contractor. Contractor
to document system installation with photographs.
5. Contractor shall backfill around all access areas such that storm water is shed away from
potential entry points.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE:
1. A contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating this
system or if system troubleshooting is necessary.
2. The Septic Tank Effluent Filter shall be cleaned at least every 6 months or per manufacturer's recommendations. Check Septic
Tank solids level annually. In general, it is recommended that solids be pumped from the Septic Tank every 3-5 years.
3. A clean -out is located on the system just before the Septic Tank. If liquid backs up into the house or the Septic Tank, the
drainline may be clogged or the Septic Tank may have too many solids in it to allow adequate flow through. A qualified contractor
should be contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be used to empty solids from
the Septic Tank.
4. Effluent from the AdvanTex treatment system shall be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If no parameters
are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD5),
Total Nitrogen (TN), Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform.
5. Maintenance of the AdvanTex treatment system should be conducted by a certified operator under contract with the
homeowner.
6. Invert elevations of all components to be verified in field by contractor to insure proper
operation. 6. The UV component shall be checked Weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel) is not illuminated. The UV bulb
should be cleaned on a 6 month interval. It is recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain a back-up UV
7. Engineer inspection(s), installer certification and engineer certification of installed system is bulb and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service should be completed by the engaged certified operator.
required.
8. Contractor to seed and/or mulch disturbed areas to coincide with existing landscape. Area
shall not be left With uncovered soil.
9. Upon system completion, Contractor to supply Engineer with documentation of installation and
a signed letter indicating system was installed per approved design or noting any deviation from
approved design.
7. The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel) is not illuminated.
If the control panel indicates the system is in alarm mode, the following steps should be taken:
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed).
If it has rained recently the pump may not be
operating because the rain sensor is temporarily
blocking
the system from
10. All system piping to be SCH40 PVC. operating. If this is the case then the pump will resume operation once it is dry enough. If the
pump tank is in danger of
overflowing and continued rainfall is expected,
contact a septic tank pump contractor to remove
a portion
of the liquid in the
11. All gravity elbows to be long -radius or long -sweeping type elbows. pump tank. The pump tank has been designed
to accommodate approximately 5 days of effluent
storage
under normal usage. As
a result, prolonged periods of rain may cause
a back-up of effluent in the system since the rain sensor
prevents application of
12. Septic Tank to have approved Orenco Effluent Filter model FTP-0854-36 NC. effluent onto the drip field.
13. AdvanTex Pod to be placed on gravel bed. Pour concrete ring around flange of treatment
unit. In lieu of concrete collar, Orenco anti-bouyancy devices can be used.
14. Onsite vacuum and leak test required on all tanks. Vacuum test at 5 inches of Hg for 2
minutes. Leak test for 24-hour duration with water level at 2 inches above riser connection.
Documentation to be provided to Engineer.
15. All risers to have cast -in tank adapters and be single -piece risers Risers shall be secured to
cast -in tank adapters per manufacturer's recommendations. Risers to extend 6" above soil surface
and be designed and maintained to prevent surface Water inflow. Risers to be gasketed and
secured with four (4) 5/16" diameter screws.
8. It is important to inspect the pump tank, and components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up on the
tank bottom, to ensure that the pump control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping of the effluent. These
activities will be handled by the engaged service provider.
9. The location of the supply line should be Walked Weekly to ensure that a line breakage has not occurred. The area in which
the line is buried should be monitored for any wet spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these occurrences may be
an indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations of the Supply and Return lines. No
heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the Supply and Return lines.
10. The dripfield should be inspected Weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure driplines have not become damaged.
Clogged or worn drip tubing should be replaced or, in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No heavy vehicles or equipment
should be driven over the irrigation area.
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar-Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
Owner Information;
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
�4����ttMt�i�a�rrrf{�r
k�\ CARo�
SEAL
02458214,
-
,r�'...,.....
. , �010
-2_'A
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
16.
All Tank risers
to have safety nets
or inner lids.
1 1. Vegetation (grass
for this system) in
the application
area is critical to the operation of the treatment system. The
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
17.
Sampling spigot
to be installed on
Pump Tank discharge line. A threaded union (or equivalent
application area should
be allowed to remain
in a natural
state; however, the area should be kept free of fallen trees and invasive
type
of disconnect)
shall be provided in
each pump discharge line. Pump discharge piping fittings
Weeds. Any saplings or
stumps that re -grow should also
be removed from the application area by hand and without damaging the
and
valves shall be
of compatible corrosion -resistant material.
drip components. The
turf should be cut
occasionally to
keep the turf at a manageable height. Cutting should be performed using
a trimmer, scythe, or
other method that
will not damage
the drip tubing. Wheeled or tracked equipment should not be used. A
18.
Spigot to be located
on outside of
building within 50' of tanks or yard hydrant shall be
soil sample should be
collected from the
drip field area
to determine appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.
installed.
19. Mount Control Panel 24" (min.) above finished grade. Panel shall be locked or secured against
unauthorized access.
20. Contractor to install Internet line or phone line to VCOM control panel.
21. Electrical service from residence to be installed by licensed electrician under the residence
building permit.
22. All system wiring to be installed in electrical conduit buried to a minimum depth of 18". A
wire to be OF or THWN rated.
Separate circuits for each pump and alarm/control panel are required (2-120V, 20 amp; 1 -120V,
15 amp). Separate conduit required for phone or Internet line.
24. Recirculation Timer Settings:
TIME ON/OFF: 0.87 / 14.13 minutes
18 gpm to Pod / 4.75 gpm to Septic Tank
25. Pump Selection:
Recirc. Pump - Orenco PF3005 1 1
Irrigation Pump - Orenco PF2005 1 1
12. System fencing shall be maintained to prevent human contact with the treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation remains
healthy.
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Notes
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
J. BANKS 03.31.2023
REVISED BY: REVISED ON:
J. BANKS 08.10.2023
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON -
SHEET NAME

Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar—Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
Owner Information:
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
ti
i SEAL
21�VA
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Site Vap
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
J. BANKS
03.31.2023
REVISED BY:
REVISED ON:
J. BANKS
02.23.2024
RELEASED BY:
RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON
—
SHEET NAME:
\V W-11
Scaled for 24"x36" Sheet

Appendix H
System Specifications

Z;�' 2
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar Property WWTS
SFR Wastewater Irrigation System
Durham County
Project Specifications
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
������xtitit�tA Rol
ixrr�rrl f#f}�
ti
SEAL: - x St
L
,=4
it 1X��
Client: Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheight Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Property Location: 2501 Hollyheight Drive
Durham, NC 27704
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
Durham County
Project Engineer: Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
Date: April 29, 2024

Table of Contents
1.0
General Project
Specifications
1.1
Project Description
1.2
Site Description
1.3
Adjacent Property
1.4
Soils and Water Table
2.0
Material Management Practices
2.1
Housekeeping
2.2
Hazardous Products
2.3
Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4
Spill Control Practices
3.0
Site Work
3.1
Construction Roads and Parking
3.2
Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3
Removal of Topsoil
3.4
Addition of Fill Material
3.5
Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.5.2 Soil Conditioner
3.5.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.5.4 Seeding
3.5. 5 Irrigation
3.5.6 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding
3.5.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.5.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.5.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0
Installer Specification
5.0
Material Specifications
5.1
Concrete Tanks
5.2
Piping
5.3
Electrical Requirements
6.0
Component Specifications
6.1
Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
6.2
Access Risers
6.3
Drain Line
6.4
Pumps
6.5
AdvanTex Treatment Unit
6.6
UV Disinfection
6.7
Control Panel
6.8
Drip Components and Fence
6.9
Irrigation Headworks

1.0. General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
The purpose of the project is to install a wastewater treatment system and surface dripfield to
accommodate wastewater from a five -bedroom single-family residence. The treatment system will
consist of a septic tank, an AdvanTex Treatment unit with integral recirculation tank, UV
disinfection, pump tank, irrigation headworks, and a control panel. The surface drip irrigation
system covers approximately 0.65 acres.
1.2 Site Description
The proj ect site consists of property located at 2501 Hollyheights Avenue, Durham, NC in Durham
County. The residence and treatment components will be located to the east of Hollyheights Avenue
in the central portion of the property. The dripfield will be located on the southern portion of the
property.
The wooded portion of the drip field is to be partially cleared for the installation of the residence and
drainfield. There are several setbacks that have been considered for the location of the treatment unit
and dripfield. The location of the treatment unit and dripfield are shown in the system drawings.
1.3 Adjacent Property
The surrounding area at the residence site is occupied by primarily single-family residences and
undeveloped land. The dripfield is to be located a minimum of 100' from any off -site residence,
100' from any surface water body, and 50' from any property line or public right-of-way.
1.4 Soils and Water Table
The soil in the project area is predominately Creedmoor series and is above the groundwater table.

2.0. Material Management Practices
The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills and
other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff.
2.1 Housekeeping
The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on site during the construction project.
• An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
• All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate containers
and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
• Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label.
• Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
• Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
• Manufacturer's recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
• The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on site.
2.2 Hazardous Products
These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials:
Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re -sealable.
Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer's or local and state recommended
methods for proper disposal will be followed.
2.3 Product Safety Practices
The following product safety practices will be followed on site:
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce
the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are
clearly labeled.
2.3.2 Fertilizers
Fertilizers used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied, fertilizer will be
worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any partially used bags of
fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.

2.4 Spill Control Practices
The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
• Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and site
personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup
supplies.
• Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on
site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags,
gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for
this purpose.
• All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
• The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective
clothing to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
• Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local government
agency, regardless of size.
• The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from
reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what
caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
• , the site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will
be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate at least other site
personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each
become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.

3.0. Site Work
The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a
common area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the small
footprint of the project, a formal erosion and control plan has not been developed. However,
contractor shall follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects from the installation of the
system.
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
Construction roads and parking areas are to be inspected periodically for condition of surface. Top -
dress with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff -producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment -producing areas should be
treated immediately.
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility to
the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In spite of
precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any damage to the
crown, trunk, or root system immediately.
- Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
- Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure 1 below,
taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.
- Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the tree.

TREE WOUND
TRIM AND TAPER
Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.
COLLA
R
INCORRECT CORRECT
Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree trunk falls
from tree.
To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation. Larger material shall be removed from
the site and disposed of properly.

3.3 Removal of Topsoil
MATERIALS
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling. Quality
topsoil has the following characteristics:
- Texture- loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay
loam, and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or muck
as topsoil.
- Organic matter content- (sometimes referred to as "humic matter") should be greater than
1.5% by weight.
- Acidity- pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less than
6.0.
- Soluble salts- should be less than 500 ppm.
- Sodium- sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting the
above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments, slope,
depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and spreading of
topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic matter, is most
desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth storing if it meets
the other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats do not make good
topsoil. They can be identified by their extremely light weight when dry.
STRIPPING
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, road building, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on the
site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to be
stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put
sediment basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.
STOCKPILING
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways, and traffic routes (also applies to fill
soil stockpiles). Re -spreading is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small
piles located near areas where they will be used.
Sediment barriers- Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
Temporary seeding- Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as possible,
no more than 21 calendar days after the formation of the stockpile
Permanent vegetation- If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be stabilized
with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.
SITE PREPARATION
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as diversions,
and berms as needed.

Grading- Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan and
do not alter them by adding topsoil.
Limit of subsoil- Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is composed
of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by soil tests or
specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at least 2 inches
by disking or raking.
Roughening- Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking or
scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil. If no
amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches before
spreading topsoil.
SPREADING TOPSOIL
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil
while it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in the
surface that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions or
water pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil, but
avoid excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light packing with
a roller is recommended where high -maintenance turf is to be established.
On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading topsoil. A
disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil. After topsoil
application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid excessive mixing of
topsoil into the subsoil.
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
MATERIALS
To maintain a consistent separation depth to SHWT conditions, some fill soil will be required in
low/rutted spots within the proposed utilization areas. Natural topography is ideal to shed
surface water, and this will not be adjusted.
Up to 6 inches of suitable fill soil may be required in these isolated spots. Final determination
will be made by the contractor and soil scientist. Low areas should be filled so that no water
collects or ponds. Allowances should be made for settling of the soil. The present soil surface
texture is sandy loam and offers a good infiltrative surface. Fill material shall have the following
characteristics:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris,
twigs, sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes:

sandy loam, loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis may be confirmed by a third -party
testing laboratory if necessary.
5) With 6 inches of fill added in low-lying or rutted areas, the depth to SHWT will allow
buffer to maintain minimum depth to SHWT of 12 inches after installation and operation.
Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur if compaction is a concern, however,
this tillage should not exceed 6 inches below the natural soil surface. Removal of
existing vegetation prior to fill addition is necessary to allow a good gradation between
fill and present soil surface.
It is recommended that borings be performed in spots which are filled to confirm adequate
SHWT separation upon completion of installation and prior to start-up. The contractor should
ensure that proper seeding and compaction practices are followed.
APPLICATION
Specific fill application details may vary from site to site, for this site:
1) Vegetation 8" or less in diameter shall be removed by hand or with small tracked
equipment to prevent native soil loss and compaction.
2) Provide sufficient fill to achieve 12" separation to the SHWT.
3) Fill is to be applied in multiple lifts if necessary.
4) Light tillage of the fill with the topsoil should occur, however, this tillage should not
exceed 4 inches below the natural soil surface.
5) Extend fill material 5 feet beyond the wetted area and blend into the natural contours.
6) Compact the fill material to 1.1-1.3 g/cm3.
7) Surface shall be graded to a final grade that matches the natural grade to provide uniform
drainage.
8) No site work shall be done when the conditions are wet, to avoid excess compaction.
9) Avoid placing fill material around large trees to prevent tree death (an arborist can
provide more guidance on tree protection).
10) Field shall be seeded with temporary vegetation suitable for the specific time of year. If
construction is complete in the following windows, permanent seeding can take place
immediately: February 15 through April 15, or September 15 through November 15.
Once final fill has been placed, a soil fertility sample shall be taken. Seeding can occur
immediately with the following amendments:
Ag-Lime: 280-300 pounds
10-10-10 Fertilizer: 51 pounds
The soil test recommendations will be used to supply additional amendments as needed.
Temporary seeding shall include the following species and rates: Annual ryegrass or
ryegrass blend with other small grains, at 10 pounds per 1000 square feet, lightly tilled or
raked into the top 0.5-1.0 inch of topsoil, cultipack or roll lightly, and cover with straw or
other shade cover. Follow with permanent fescue seeding in the appropriate dates, with
the September 15- October 15 window preferred.
FERTILITY ANALYSIS

Upon addition of the fill, a soil sample will be taken for fertility analyses. Soil test recommendations
will be followed for pH adjustment and nutrient amendments for N, P, and K to help with grass
establishment. Soil amendments may be applied pre or post construction.
3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 SEEDBED REQUIREMENTS
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to inappropriate
soil texture, poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until measures have
been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a
growth medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:
- Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient
supply (available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).
- Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
- Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or impermeable
layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes steeperthan 2:1 where
the addition of soil is not feasible.
- A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
- Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods
and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria are not met (i.e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or acidic
to foster vegetation) special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described below may be
beneficial.
3.5.2 SOIL CONDITIONERS
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may be
added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make them
poor for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.
- Peat Appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -
sedge peat, or peat humus, all from fresh -water sources. Peat should
be shredded and conditioned in storage piles for at least 6 months
after excavation.
- Sand clean and free of toxic materials.
- Vermiculite horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
- Rotted manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or
other bedding materials.
3.5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION

Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in order to
prepare the seedbed for planting.
• Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if
available.
• Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep.
• Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth and
uniform.
• Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (section 4.6).
• Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to 6
inches deep.
• Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
• Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch (section 8.3).
Apply lime and fertilizer evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of soil by disking or other
suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a hydroseeder, apply lime and
fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.
Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking into a
smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water. Broadcast seed into a
freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.
3.5.4 SEEDING
Seeding dates given in the manufacturer's seeding mixture specifications are designated as "best'' or
"possible". Seedings properly carried out within the "best" dates have a high probability of success.
It is also possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as
you deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under "possible" may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land -disturbing activities.
Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected by the
North Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina Standards and
should bear an official "Certified Seed" label.
Labeling of non -certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important information on seed
purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet State standards for content of
noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing "prohibited" noxious weed seed.
Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop -type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder, or
hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.
When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep, grasses and
legumes no more than 2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field for the desired seeding
rate.

When using broadcast -seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and determine the
amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while moving back and forth across
the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second half in the same way, but moving at right
angles to the first pass (Figure 13).
Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or cultipacker
to provide good seed contact.
3.5.5 IRRIGATION
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation can
be very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full cover.
Assess the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted.
Water application rates must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff Inadequate or excessive
amounts of water can be more harmful than no supplemental water.
3.5.6 MULCHING
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Table 6.14a lists commonly used
mulches and some alternatives.
Before mulching, complete the required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the
seedbed. Apply seed before mulching except in the following cases:
- Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
- A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
3.5.7 APPLICATION OF ORGANIC MULCH
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface.
Spread mulch uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand,
divide the area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ft2, and place 70-90 lb of straw (1
to 2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution (See Table below). After spreading
mulch, no more than 25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a
green dye, added to the slurry, assures a uniform application.
3.5.8 ANCHORING ORGANIC MULCH
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation.
Rye (grain) may be used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at
15 lb/acre before applying mulch.
3.5.9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no later
than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion control cover

or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure, water movement
or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install erosion or sediment control
practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel liners, sediment basins, diversions,
subsurface drainage, or other practices.
Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to soil test or
in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be worked into the soil to a
depth of 3 inches.
Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to 2 inch with appropriate equipment. Except on
very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be applied at a rate of 3,000 to
4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques. Other mulch materials can be used
except under adverse conditions or steep slopes; grain straw should be adequate.

4.0 Installer Specification
- Installer to maintain Class IV installer License per NCOWCICB.
- Installer to document installation history of advanced pretreatment systems and surface
application systems.

5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks.
5.2 Piping
All drainlines and piping to be SCH 40 PVC. Non -pressure drain lines can be DWV.
Sweeping style elbows to be used on gravity lines. All pressure lines to be pressure rated
SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines to be cut with a hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style
cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to cut pressure pipe.
5.3 Electrical Requirements
Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the individual treatment
components and pumps. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications. Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and
energize panel.

6.0 Component Specifications (information following)
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
- All concrete tanks to be State Approved Tank.
- All tank seams to be sealed with butyl rubber sealant.
- Backfill and compact soil around tank with a "jumping jack" style compactor.
- Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. Passing criteria as follows:
- Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 in Hg
- Water Test 10 gallons/1000 gallons/24 hr period
- Tanks to be installed level on 6" gravel base (#57 stone)
- All penetrations to be cast in place rubber boots for inflow and outflow penetrations.
- All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters for Orenco Risers.
6.2 Access Risers
- Install risers per manufacturer's specifications.
- All Orenco risers to extend minimum 6" above grade.
- All electrical conduits to be sealed with duct seal.
- Penetrations thru risers to use grommets or bulk head fitting.
- All tank risers that do not contain an inner lid shall be equipped with a safety net.
6.3 Drain Line
- All gravity drain line to be 4" SCH 40 PVC, DWV.
- Elbows to be sweeping style fitting.
6.4 Pumps
- Install pumps per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Piping to be SCH 40 Pressure Pipe.
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
- Install unit per manufacturers specifications (included).
- Install with 12" lid extension if needed.
- Install unit on 6" gravel base.
6.6 UV Disinfection
- Install UV disinfection per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).

6.7 Control Panel
- Install per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Panel to be minimum 24" above grade.
- Seal all pipes with duct seal
- Panel to be mounted on 4" x 6" (minimum) pressure treated post.
- Install Rain Sensor on control panel enclosure.
6.8 Drip Field
- Install drip field per system drawings.
- Drip field shall be cleared of small brush, debris and vegetation by hand or with small
tracked equipment.
- Install perimeter fence per system drawings.
6.9 Irrigation Headworks
- Install headworks per system drawing.
- Install headworks on 6" gravel base.

Tanks and Risers

C1I -P�-
CI-4 n
N
Q
�No
Q Q
F— U)
Iim
O
O n
(D (D
o
g
ooZN
lO D
•
(
(D
�ma
Q CD
:30
M
Q
iO
NJ
OQ
to
y
O
Q
O
N
Imo
0
p
O X
C
O (D
r
m
`r
O
(n
O �
O
'�
CO
csi
o
O Q
CD
Q
5
N a :.�
Z
c N
m
o
ri 5
(nm
o a
(D 3
O
O
�D
•
Q
<
o
pC
m
� �
W
�•
aN
Ln m
—
��
�
o
OZ
QO
A
a
(Z/1 (n
CO•
4
O O
z
`sue
k
y
O
^
\�
... :.
O "(D
=
o
zco'�
'=
\
3 Q
_D U)
coo
O0
C
m
ZMm
O <
O
E
m
C)
CD
<
O
o
j n
Q
(D
N
O
Q
CQCD
CC"rOmOr
m
�
ozO
N
��• v5
=�`
0
Wco
I
Z�nZA
ZVl
�0OI

o•
U�
U40 N�
�vDio
fAU)0
Q
V
Z 1 m
>02 1
0 p F—
DA�m
O �. Q
mmnN
Q
3
��mA
CQ
Q
_�
(D Q
.... ...
.. . .
Q
�
cn
�
Q Q
r+N�
�
w
O
: O
I s�
(n
LQ
Q x
CO O (D
N
i
0 y
Q_
(D
p
(D
O O
a
DO
Q•
r
Q
,..0
n
n0
C
DN
U)
(1) (n•
^�
6
wo
c
vzm
Q 3
.
a
Cn �
z
Q O
=T
Q (D C7
V
( _
O QV
(D D C/)
4
CT
-0O O
'Xa
Q <
O
Ll
CD
Q fTl
<CT
n e
Q (D `Q p
a
O
0 (n
CD
Q Q
=
Q
O CD
� Q_
Q •
CQ
n lQ
(n
Q
3
C
lQ .+
s
•
O
I
lQ
4
1
I
O
I
(D
(D X
M I I r
00
Z O
(D (7
a�.. I m '� I
-U 2
(D
0co 00� >oz
5'�2m-D
D..
V V
CDM
C O I >—;u 0
CC)
�� x mZO �
Q
-1�
!n
r Om0 M5n0>�m
o� ^V
0-pmm=,gm
m
nm
o o m
ZN0�m2
WD0o-vrn•o
oN WI
Z0
� I mm<
C Lnt/)Vn
(P �
00
pp (ZX
DD
ppOmZ�
A I 0 �
=N
mI
�-Om
�m
r-r
Q
. ,,.:.....
f7 ZA00N0N
Z2oik0 1 i
() () (PN
W
wcoa,(�
f7
�4,
m 00NN�
3 3- t\j
� N
-u0
C X O��. DO
f7
�O
a
s
a
s s
Z Co � O)
� C� U' O
D T
7
CO
t/) m I Z
C) (n
(n N
W

PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24-or 30-inch (600- or 750-mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
General
Orenco's PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part -quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt -
down kit. The bolt -down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco's ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADH100,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive.
Cast in Place Tank Adapters
On for each end of each tank.
Standard Models 4 x PRTA24
PRTA24, PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
PRTA �0
Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib)
ABS riser tank adapter
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter
ABS
Concrete anchors
Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant
Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions*
PRTA24
PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm)
23.38 (594)
29.25 (743)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm)
26.75 (679)
34.25 (870)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm)
2.00 (51)
2.50 (64)
D - Vertical flange height, in. (mm)
3.50 (89)
3.25 (83)
*The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 mm) thickness
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Access Risers -Ultra-Rib""
Applications
Drenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Materials of Construction
Ultra -Rib TM PVC Pipe: PVC
General
Drenco Ultra-RibTm Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24-in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3-in. (76.2-mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18-in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24-in. diameter risers. Drenco Ultra -Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Drenco
pipe -cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field Risers: 6 x RR24 XX
Adjust riser height to allow for
Standard Models minimum 6" above ground.
RR12XX, RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX
Product (
R❑❑C
:ode Diagram
I+❑+❑
❑ischarge grommet option, in. (mm):
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 = 1 (25)
12 = 1'% (32)
15 = 1'/z (38)
20 = 2 (50)
Splice box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank = no grommet or splice box
or
S = grommet installed,1-in. (25-mm), fits SB1-SB4
L = grommet installed,1 Y-in. (32-mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX = hole drilled for Orenco° external splice box'
or
S1 = grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
S2 = grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3 = grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4 = grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5 = grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6 = grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
XS = grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installed'
XD = grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installed'
Xi = grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installed'
Riser height in inches (3-in. increments standard)
Riser diameter:
12 = 12-in. (300-mm)`
18 = 18-in. (450-mm)`
21 = 21-in. (525-mm)
24 = 24-in. (600-mm)
Riser type code:
R = 12-in. (300-mm), 21-in. (525-mm), and 24-in. (600-mm) diameters
U = 18-in. (450-mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-RibT°° pipe, all diameters
Riser, Ultra -Rib TM
Not intended for use over pump vaults
Requires minimum 18-in. (457-mm) riser height
Specifications $ For Class I Division I environments
Model
RR12XX
RU18XX
RR21XX
RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm)
11.74 (298)
17.65 (448)
20.50 (521)
23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
0.10 (3)
0.19 (5)
0.25 (6)
0.25 (6)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm)
13.13 (334)
19.44 (494)
22.63 (575)
25.63 (651)
Weight, Ibs per ft (kg per m)
5 (7.4)
11 (16.4)
15 (22.3)
19 (28.3)
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 1

PVC Riser Installation
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast -In 0renco® Riser -Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser -to -tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser -to -tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
InstructionSet ....... J.....................................................................
1. Riser Preparation ..................................................................................1
2. Grommet Installation............................................................................... 2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters................................................................. 3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24, PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters .................... 4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24- inch- Diameter (600-mm) Risers ................................... 5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing.......................................................................... 6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities...................................................................... 7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height M1
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
• The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling —This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2: Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw.
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser -cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500-gallon
(20001) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank's top, as shown.
Step 3: Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
ODetermine riser height
3 inches (75 mm)
Q)
C
Riser prep for 500-gal. (2000-Q Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 7

Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1 a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed.
Step 1 b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren't available, use Drawing 1b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2: Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don't grind too deeply — about 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet P I
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet's outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IPS pipe size)
Hole saw size
1/2
1
3/4
1-1 /4
1
1-9/16
1-114
1-3/4
1-1/2
2-1/8
2
2-3/4
3
3-7/8
4
5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe O.D., see the Orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o'clock)
Grommet for
\ discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o'clock)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 7

I �-Mw"
Cutaway view of Orenco° PRTA24-2, cast into
concrete tank with 24-inch (600-mm) access
riser attached
Instruction Set 3:
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser ■
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Adhesive
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Note; If you're using a methacrylate adhesive that's non -self -leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note; If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 3 of 7

Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser 0 �VM.
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast -in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted -down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step X Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser -adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser -adapter joint.
Note; If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
M
�1
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 4 of 7

Cross-section detail of adhesive fillet
on inside seam of 1000-gal. (3785-L)
tank with 24-inch (600-mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500-gal.
(1890-L) tank with 24-inch
(600-mm) riser
PC
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-
Diameter (600-mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000-gal. through 2000-gal. tanks (37851 through 75701), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500-gal. (18901) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren't completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note; If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness I
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note; Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 5 of 7

Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT A watertight tank and watertight riser -to -tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for TestTestl. 0
Step 1a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer's instructions — typically to the tank's midpoint.
Step 1 b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs.
Step 1c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser -to -tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer's recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser -to -tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test.
Step 2c: Once the riser -to -tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower.
Watertightness test
Access riser
Fill the tank to a
level 2 in. (51 mm)
into the riser
y 2 in.
Tank brim (51 mm)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 6 of 7

Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s). Be sure to check the expiration
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note; Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser -tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in the table below, contact your
Distributor or Orenco.
Component
Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
MA8120 SA510 MA320
300/300-mL cartridge 300/300-mL cartridge 7-oz (200-mQ
(600-mLtotal) (600-mLtotal) packet
IPS 810
1-pint (473-mQ
1 -quart (946-m Q
ADH100
10.2-oz (300-mQ tube
Grommets
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
various quantities
Riser Tank
FRTA36
1 cartridge"
1 cartridge"
n/a
n/a
n/a
Adapters
PRTA24
%2 cartridge"
%2 cartridge"
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
PRTA24-2
_> %2 cartridge"
>_ %2 cartridge"
n/a
< 1 pint
n/a
PRTA30
< 1 cartridge"
< 1 cartridge"
2 packets
n/a
2 tubes
RRFTA24
%2 cartridge"
%2 cartridge"
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
RRFTA30
1 cartridge"
1 cartridge"
2 packets
n/a
n/a
. Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, ® 03/17
Page 7 of 7

DuraFiber'"" Access Lids
Applications
Drenco° DuraFiber" Access Lids provide a secure, damage -resistant
covering for ribbed PVC and HDPE risers, pump basins, and access
ports. They are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 24-inch (600-mm)
DuraFiber lids require an RLA24 adapter to mate to 24-inch (600-mm)
Perma-LOCTI pipe. 30-inch (750-mm) DuraFiber lids are not compatible
with 30-inch (750-mm) RLA Riser -Lid -Adapters or 30-inch (750-mm)
Perma-Loc pipe. For these products, use Drenco's FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin -infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat -style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush -to -
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. They also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthet-
ics, a molded -in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They
come with four 5/1 6-inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and
a hex key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the fac-
tory or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD30GATX, FLD30GW
Product Code Diagram
FLD ❑ 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ Riser Lids
TIFILD 24G (6)
olor and logo options:
Blank = green color lid
B = brown color lid
C = custom logo
AIX = Advanlex°logo
W = warning label
Insulation:`
Blank = no insulation
12 = 2 inch (50-mm) insulation installed
14 = 4-inch (100-mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank = no vent or filter options
V = vent
CF = carbon filter
Gasket options:
G = gasket (standard)
Blank = no gasket
Lid diameter, in. (mm):
24 = 24 (600)
30 = 30 (750)
DuraFiber'" fiberglass lid
Insulation has an R-value of 10 per 2-inch (50-mm) increment.
B
T
C
—I
Materials of Construction:
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket
Urethane
Centering ring core
Structural foam
Mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Insulation (optional)
Closed -cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Specifications
Model
FLD24XX
FLD30XX
Ain. (mm)
26 (660)
33 (838)
B, in. (mm)
1 %2 (38)
1 %2 (38)
C, in. (mm)
23'/4 (590)
29'/4 (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm)
3/ (19)
3/ (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm)
5/6 (8)
5/6 (8)
Weight, Ibs (kg)
11 (5)
20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid
4
4
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-1111-A-FL-4
Rev. 3.0, ® 10/17
Page 1 of 1

External Splice Box
Applications
The Orenco° External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 - 11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole -cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4-inch
(100-mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
SBEX1-5
Treatment Pod (1), Pump Tank (1), Headworks (2)
Run pump and float cords through Splice Box to Panel.
DO NOT CUT WIRES IN SPLICE BOX IF POSSIBLE
z0- :Ell
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (Type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in.' (1639 cm3) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct -bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct -bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4, SBEXI -4-P
Product Code Diagram
SBEX1-4 -
TBlank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
External splice box
The External Splice Box is molded
of a UL (f1) rated PVC alloy. It has
a UL Type 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, ® 10/17
Page 1 of 2

orenco'rTechnical Data Sheet
S Y S T E M S N
Physical Specifications Materials of Construction
Volume 100 in.3 (1639 cm3) Splice box PVC alloy
Cord grips 4 per SBEX Cord grips Nylon
Cord grip plugs 3 per SBEX Cord grip plugs EPDM rubber
Cord diameters 0.170- 0.470 in. (4.3 - 11.9 mm) 0-rings Buna rubber
accommodated Conduit hub plug PVC per ASTM D-1784
Conduit hubs 2 4-in. (100-mm) grommet` EPDM rubber
Conduit hub plug 1 `Grommet not shown in illustration below
Conduit sizes 3/ in., 1 in. (with coupling), %2 in. (with fitting or bell end)
accommodated
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole -cutting template included
Threa
4.5 in.
(114 n
Q
WO
Wo
Cord grip
Cord grips Cord grip Optional
plugs (3)
(4) plate divider
5.24 in.(133 mm)
8.25 in. (133 mm)
I
duit Optional
iiuus (2) divider
Conduit
hub plug (1)
NTD-SBFX-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.0, ® 10/17
Page 2 of 2

— STF-N24 SECURITY NE'
f.SV'�
6'
3o dWp
� � 30 mpem
STF-F8269SEGMENTED RISER
rw
FEATURES
Use as a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
•3 Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Install safety net in all risers not
containing an inner lid.
Order part No. STF-N18
STF-N24
STF-N30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-CI24 page 5
STF-APC24G page 6
STF-APC24B page 6
STF-R824B page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC24BI-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC24BI-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
U.S. Patent Pending STF-APL24B page 14
PAGE
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech.com 10

Septic Tank Effluent Filter

8-in. to 15-in. Dia. Biotube Effluent Filters
Applications
Orenco" 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters are designed to
remove solids from effluent leaving commercial septic tanks. They can be
used in new and existing tanks.
General
Orenco" 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters* are used to improve
the quality of effluent exiting a commercial septic tank. The Biotube
cartridge fits snugly in the vault and is removable for maintenance, the
handle assembly snaps into the notches in the top of the vault, and the
tee handle can be extended for easy removal of the cartridge. A "base
inlet" model (see p. 2) is available for low -profile tanks. An optional slide
rail system, available on larger models, simplifies installation and provides
tank access for servicing.
dandle assembly
arm float assembly
-dered separately)
'ipe coupling
iotubes
lult
II
et holes
;upF
�LSuppol
Cutaway view
Side view
. Orenco" Biotube® Effluent Filters are covered under multiple U.S. and international patents.
Standard Models
FT0854-36,FT1254-36,FT1554-36,FT0822-1413,FT1254-36AR
Product Code Diagrams
FT 0 ❑ ❑ - 36 ❑ F
0854-36 NC
Tloat switch bracket and slide rail options.
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
H = elide rail installedr
Cartridge height, in. (mm).
36 = 36 (914), standard
Housing height', in. (mm).
48 = 48 (1219)
54 = 54 (1372)
60 = 60 (1524)
66 = 66 (1676-mm)
Filter diameter, in. (mm)
08 = 08 (zoo)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
Filter mesh option.
Blank = %-in.(3-mm)filter mesh
P = 1a-in. (1 6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Minimum liquid level (MLL) information.
48-in. (1219-mm) housing for MLLof 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54-in. (1372-mm) housing for MLLof 47-63 in. (1194-1600 mm)
60-in. (1524-mm) housing for MLL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66-in. (1676-mm) housing for MLLof 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
r for12- and 15-in. (300- and 375-mm) only, use slide rail option
when only one access is available forthe filter chamber
FTD❑22-14B❑
Test switch bracket and overflow plate options.
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch elbow installed
FSO = overflow plate installed
Base net model
Cartridge height, in. (mm).
14 = 14 (356), standard
Filter housing height, in. (mm).
22 = 22 (558), standard
Filter diameter, in. (mm).
OS = 8 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
I Filter mesh option.
Blank = %-in.(3-mm)filter mesh
P = 1a-in. (1 6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Materials of Construction
Vault PVC
Pipe coupling PVC
Handle components PVC
Support coupling and bracket PVC
Biotube° cartridge Polypropylene and polyethylene
Nolo: Support coupling and support bracket are available on 12-inch and 15-inch filters only.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Air vents and discharge orifices
Air vent
Discharge orifice(s)
��
O
8-in. base
8-in.
12-in. to 15-in.
inlet models
models
models
A
I�B� �B�
Standard model Base inlet model
Specifications
Model
FT0854-36
FT0822-14B
FT1254-36
FT1254-36AR
FT1554-36
A - Cartridge height, in.
36
14
36
36
36
B - Nominal diameter, in.
8
8
12
12
15
C - Inlet hole height`, in.
22
n/at
22
22
22
D - Vault base to invert height, in.
38
13
38
38
38
E - Vault height
54
22
54
54
54
Number of inlet holes
8
n/a
8
8
8
Inlet hole diameter, in.
1.375
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
Number of discharge orifices
2
1
1
1
1
Discharge orifice diameter, in.
1.125
1.750
2
2
2
Pipe coupling diameter, in.
4
4
4
4
4
Number of air vents
1
1
1
1
1
Air vent diameter, in.
0.75
1.750
0.75
0.75
0.75
Filter surface area$, ft2
14.6
6.0
30.0
30.0
50.5
Flow area", ft2
4.4
1.8
9.0
9.0
15.2
Inlet hole height can vary depending on the configuration of the tank. Optimum hole height is 65 75% of the minimum liquid level
t No inlet holes required, because influent enters between the vault base and the bottom of the filter cartridge.
$ Filter area is defined as the total surface area of all individual Biotubes° within the filter cartridge.
"Flow area is defined as the total open area (area of the mesh openings) of all the individual Biotubes within the filter cartridge.
NTD-FT-FT-2 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

BiotubeO Effluent Filters
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
FT08 Models and All Base Inlet Models
U.S. Patent Nos. 5294635 / 4439323
Installation Instructions:
The Biotube Effluent Filter is suspended in the septic tank by the 4" outlet pipe. The filter is composed of a
vault body that will be fixed to the discharge pipe and a removable cartridge that consists of the Biotube
filter cartridge and the extendible handle.
1. Test -fit the effluent filter on the 4" out-
let pipe without gluing. Make sure that
it fits plumb.
Any existing outlet tee will have to be
removed.
2. Ensure sufficient clearance for trouble -
free servicing of filter cartridge. Install
assembly near the tank wall to reduce
any stresses that may be caused by
maintenance.
Sufficient room between the access
port and filter should be provided for
easy removal of solids from the tank.
The cartridge will need to be removed
and cleaned while the tank's solids
content is being pumped -out.
Ca
Oren" Systems"
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
3. Once the filter has been fitted properly,
apply primer and PVC cement to the
outside of the outlet pipe and the filter's
4" outlet. Use a multipurpose cement if
the outlet pipe is ABS. Do not use
primer on ABS.
Optional: Stainless steel set screws
may be used instead of glue.
4. Slide the effluent filter onto the 4" pipe
and plumb vertically.
5. Hold the filter in position until the adhe-
sive has time to set (approximately 20
seconds).
6. Extend the handle of the cartridge to an
elevation above the top of the tank for
easy access. Use 3/4" schedule 40 PVC
for extension.
Either use the stainless steel set
screws or glue the extensions in place.
1
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 2 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
Optional
In existing tanks or in tanks with poorly
located access ports, it may be
necessary to extend the tank outlet
fitting by using a coupling.
A coupling may also be needed to
bush from 3034 PVC to the schedule
40 outlet of the filter.
Maintenance Instructions:
1. Remove the filter cartridge by lifting it
out of the vault.
2. Spray the cartridge tubes with a hose
to remove material sticking to them.
Make sure the rinse water runs back
into the tank.
3. Inspect the vent hole and modulating
orifices. Spray them clear of any
debris.
Replace the cartridge. Be sure to snap
the cartridge back into the saddle holes
at the top of the cartridge vault.
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions (continued)
4. An alarm is optional and will give notice that
the filter needs attention before the building
sewer backs up.
If you have an alarm, check to make sure it
is working by lifting the float switch and
sounding the alarm.
S. Record that you have cleaned the filter and,
if applicable, checked the alarm. Also com-
ment any other observations about the tank
or system.
Make sure to clean up thoroughly when
finished.
Inspection / Maintenance
Date installed: Model Tank: Size:
Model: Single/Double Compartment:
NIN-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 4 of 4

AdvanTex Treatment Component

AdvanTexO AX-RT Treatment Systems
Applications
Orenco's AdvanTex° AX-RT Treatment System is a single, complete,
self-contained module that treats septic tank effluent to better than
secondary standards with nitrogen reduction before discharging it by
means of pump or gravity. It is ideal for:
• Repairs and retrofits
• Small sites and poor soils
• Sites that require shallow bury
Product image is for illustra6've purposes only.
General
Following a septic tank equipped with a Biotube° effluent filter, the
AdvanTex AX-RT unit eliminates the need for separate recirc, treat-
ment, and discharge tanks by performing all functions within a single
module. It also reduces the number of risers and lids needed in the
treatment train. For sites requiring antibuoyancy measures, Orenco
offers antifloatation kits with turnbuckles.
The heart of the system is the AdvanTex Recirculating Treatment Tank,
a sturdy, watertight, corrosion -proof fiberglass tank that includes the
same dependable, textile treatment media found in all AdvanTex prod-
ucts. 1AX 25 RT MODE 3A
Standard Models
AX20RT-MODEIA, AX20RT-MODE1 3/10, AX20RT-MODE1 3/30
AX25RT-MODEIA, AX25RT-MODE1 3/10, AX25RT-MODE1 3/30
Product Code Diagram
AX❑RT ❑❑"0"❑fEl- ❑"❑
TF,atswltch o,tons.
Blank= mercury float switches
MVF — non mercury float switches
Discharge pump voltage options.
Blank= 120 V
230 = 230 V
Discharge pump options.
Blank= no discharge pump
10 = 10 gpm(0.6 Uses) pump 20— 20 gpm (13 Use') pump
30 = 30 gpm (1 9 Uses) pump 50 = 50 gpm (3.2 faces)) pump
Cold weather options.
Blank standard Iltl
UCW =ultra- cold weather package
Treatment motle.
MOD
E1A= mod el, gravity discharge MODE3A— mode 3, gravity discharge
MODE iB= motle 1, pump discharge MODE3B— mode 3, pump discharge
UV disinfection unit option (AX20-RT only).
Blank= no UV disinfection unit
UV — AXUV disinfection unit
NSF approval option.
Blank = standard AdvanTex° system
N — NSF-cemded AdvanTex° system
AXRT-series treatment unit
Nominal treatment area.
20 = 20 fV (1 3 m')
25 = 25 fV (2.3 rn )
AdvanTex" Treatment System
NSF
AdvanTex° Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Components
1. Inlet
2. Recirc/blend chamber
3. Recirc transfer line
4. Recirc pumping system
5. Manifold and spin nozzles
6. Treatment media
7. Tank baffle
8. Recirc return valve
9. Recirc/filtrate chamber
10. Discharge pumping system (pump discharge only)
11. Outlet
12. Splice box
13. Passive air vent
14. Biotube° effluent filter (in septic tank, not shown)
15. Control panel (not shown) O
Specifications
Nominal Dimensions"
Length, in. (mm) 102 (2591)
AduanTex AX-RT side view (AX204?T pump discharge model shown)
F--fl (mil (-1 1-7--r l r l r7--1 T1 l (l�i _
Width, in. (mm)
62 (1575)
Height, in. (mm)
72 (1829)
Overall unit footprint, ft2 (m2)
44 (4.11)
AdvanTexAX--RT top view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
Visible footprint after installation, ft2 (m2)
20 (1.86)
Lid insulation value
R-6 (RSI-1.1)
Dry Weight AX20-RT
AX25-RT
Gravity discharge model, lb (kg) 883 (400)
908 (412)
Pump discharge model, lb (kg) 923 (419)
948 (430)
Not to be sold individually in the state of Georgia.
Nominal values provided. See Advarl Treatment System drawings for exact dimensions.
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

Adva nTex
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
W.,

How To Use This Manual............................................................ Page 2
Before You Begin.................................................................. Page 3
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems .......................................... Page 3
Standard Unit Components And Functions .............................................. Page 4
Installation Overview............................................................... Page 5
Installation Steps
Step 1:
Review or Sketch Site Plan .......................................................
Page 6
Step 2:
Perform Excavation(s)...........................................................
Page 6
Step 3:
Set Septic Tank (If Needed).......................................................
Page 7
Step 4:
Set AX-RT Unit.................................................................Page
8
Step 5:
Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed) ............................................
Page 8
Step 6:
Partially Backfill Excavation(s).....................................................
Page 9
Step 7:
Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) ...............................................
Page 10
Step 8:
Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness .......................................
Page 10
Step 9:
Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness .............................................
Page 11
Step 10:
Install Effluent Filter............................................................
Page 11
Step 11:
Connect Tank -to -Unit Transport Line(s)..............................................
Page 11
Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent ......................................................... Page 12
Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line .............................................. Page 12
Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring ............................................. Page 12
Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test ................................................... Page 13
Step 16: Complete Backfilling............................................................ Page 15
How To Use This Manual A 0
This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps.
• Installation Overview — This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order
of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only — it does not provide complete instructions.
• Installation Steps —This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu-
ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in
hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder, or find individual instructions online
in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com. There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after
the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation.
You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy -to -see visuals:
OIMPORTANT — These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation.
QKey Points — These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful.
Notes —These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier. They may also
provide information on variations in components or methods.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 2

Before You Begin
At Orenco, we work hard to make your installation as easy and "hassle -free" as possible. This manual provides basic information for installing
AdvanTex AX-RT'" treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering
plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call
your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer, contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before
installing this system.
The Dealer can provide technical support, training, and replacement components. To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator
page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the
installation. Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform
the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex® Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will be void. You
can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com. You'll save time and money on
installation day, and you'll get fewer call-backs.
QKey Point; Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure
instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper
installation may void warranties.
OIMPORTANT The backwash discharge from a salt -type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit
or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system's warranty.
Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with
the functioning of the system.
Note; All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters to
connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems
Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions:
• The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula-
tory requirements (no pour -in -place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics.
• The tank must be structurally sound.
• The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500
gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet).
• The tank must have an at -grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn't, an at -grade access must be
installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight.
• The tank must be watertight and free of leaks.
• An Orenco effluent filter (model FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank.
QKey Point; For existing septic tanks — the tank's depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm
per meter or 1%) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a
grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move
the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 3

Standard Unit Components And Functions
Standard Components (AX20RT-MODE1 B shown):
O Septic tank inlet tee
© Biotube° effluent filter
O AX-RT inlet and tee
O Treatment tank (recirc/blend chamber)
© Recirc-transfer line
O Recirc-pump system
O Manifold and spin nozzles
O Textile media
O Tank baffle
m Discharge pumping system
® AX-RT outlet
® Passive air vent
m Splice box
Side view, septic tank Side view, AX-RT unit
Top view, septic tank Top view, AX-RT unit
Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank, the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer,
and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube° Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber
of the AX-RT unit. The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the
distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided — by means of a tank baffle
— between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit.
The recirc pumping system's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short
periods (usually 40-60 seconds), typically 72 times a day. These frequent "micro -doses," which optimize the treatment process, occur
throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 4

Installation Overview
Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances.
Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit.
Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed).
Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank -to -riser connections, perform a watertightness test.
QKey Point; The tank and tank -to -riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank.
Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit's midseam.
Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 11: Connect the transport line(s) from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit.
Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit.
Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet.
Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit.
Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s).
Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 5

Discharge to
� drainfield
T
Passive I 5plice
vent I boxes
W AX-PT unit
_>j
I
E 3 ft
4-ft
— — — — —' (minimum 1/8
distance) in.
Control fall
panel
Cleanout Outlet
riser
---kv j
O5eptic tank
5 ft
14 ft
This is a sample sketch of an AX-RT unit installed parallel
to the septic tank, with no antibuoyancy measures installed.
Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank's invert of
the outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet are included
AX-RT units require 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) space on
all four sides when installed in their own excavation.
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plans
Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation.
•Q Key Point. If you're installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft (6 m)
from the septic tank, contact your Dealer for assistance.
Step 1a: Detailed Site Plan Provided
Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it
doesn't, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation.
Step 1 b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided
If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan,
contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is
consistent with the Designer's specifications:
O!Ts Key Points;
• Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical
conduits, etc. Account for current and likely future landscape features
in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda-
tions for installing control panels.)
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the
base of the unit. The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the
unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm);
grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm).
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s)
Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and
grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s).
QKey Points;
• Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for excavating the tank area.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is
required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert
of the inlet.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 6

Installation Steps
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s), cont.
Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the
AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris,
rocks, and other sharp objects.
QKey Points;
• Follow the manufacturer's instructions for bedding the tank.
• If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-in. (100-mm)
bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even,
smooth surface.
Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of
the excavation before continuing.
• For unstable base soil (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly expansive clay,
etc.), you may need to over -excavate the site depth and set a firm, 6-in.
(152-mm) compacted base of <_ %2- to <_ 3/-in. (13- to 19-mm) aggregate
or pea gravel.
• For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation.
• If you have doubt about the soil's stability, consult a local civil or struc-
tural engineer.
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (if Needed)
Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions (NIN-TNK-1) to install Orenco's
500-gallon through 2000-gallon (20001 through 75701) Fiberglass Tanks.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the tank.
QKey Points;
• The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet.
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Make sure the excavation is stable, smooth, level, and free
from debris, rocks, and sharp objects.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 7

Lower the AX-RT unit into position.
18-24 in.
(460-600 mm)
I.4►I
12 in. (300 mm)
When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen, be sure to place them
on a small lift of soil 12 inches (300 mm) from the bottom of
the AX-RT.
Installation Steps
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit
Step 4a: Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit.
Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position.
Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage
the unit or the units lid.
QKey Points;
• A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed)'
Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary for the installation.
Orenco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco
fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen.
• Deadmen are recommended for all installations.
• Deadmen are required if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres-
ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava-
tion at any time, resulting in a "bathtub" effect.
Note; This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation
during surface water runoff —usually during a heavy rain event —
before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle.
• If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con-
sult the system Designer or an engineer.
Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen
Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75- to 100-mm) lift of soil on each
side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon.
Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy kit hardware. Then lower the unit into the hole.
Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the
bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 8

Installation Steps
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), cont.
Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen
Notes;
• We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation.
• PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. x 4-ft
long (300-mm x 1200-mm long) PVC half -pipe or chamber material.
• Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide x 6 in.
tall x 4 ft long (300-mm x 150-mm x 1200-mm).
Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete.
Step 5b (ii): Place two #4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms.
Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms.
Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the
concrete for attaching the deadmen later.
Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen.
Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place.
Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level.
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s) AL
Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps
below to backfill around the AX-RT unit.
OIMPORTANT Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling! Bolting
down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation.
Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in. (410 mm) of water on both sides of the baffle.
Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material.
QKey Points;
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/ inch (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both
sides of the baffle.
Step 6e: Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill.
Step 6f: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 9

See Orenco's PVCAccess Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1)
instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters.
Watertight seams are critical for proper performance.
Installation Steps
Step 7: Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed)
Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2)
instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use RRFTA and RRFTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1)
instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapters.
• Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks (NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA24-R or PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks.
Step 7b: Install the access risers and any necessary grommets.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing
access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers.
QKey Points;
• Mode 3 systems require a 1-in. (25-mm) grommet in the tank's inlet riser.
The grommet must be on the same side of the riser as the AX-RT unit's
return line.
• The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight.
• Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height — the
recommended riser height is 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) above final grade.
• Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made
at the correct height to make connections.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly.
• After installing the riser, make sure all adhesive seams are smooth, con-
tinuous fillets, free of voids.
• After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing.
Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness
Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already.
Note; Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for watertight-
ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled
before testing watertightness.
Step 8b: Test the tank -to -riser adapter seams for watertightness.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the
seams between the access riser, tank adapter, and tank for watertightness.
QKey Points;
• Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance — all tank -
to -riser seams must all pass the watertightness test before you continue.
• Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer's instructions for water-
tightness testing.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 10

Installation Steps
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness
Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25-
50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle.
Step 9b: Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks.
There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam.
Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on
repairing the AX-RT unit.
Step 10. Install Effluent Filter
Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested.
Step 1 Oa: Verify the model of the effluent filter.
• Orenco's FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are
the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit.
Step 1 Ob: Dry test -fit the effluent filter on the septic tank's outlet pipe.
QKey Points;
• Make sure the filter is plumb.
• Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for
easy removal of the filter cartridge.
Step 1 Oc: Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods:
• Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or
• Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw.
Step 1 Od: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle
with a longer length of 3/-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX-RT
Step 11 a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings
between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit.
O!TKeyPoint Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per ft (10
s mm per m or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the
AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Step 11 b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place.
OIMPORTANT Do not use primer on ABS parts.
Step 11c: For Mode 3 units, glue all of the return line pieces in place.
• Install the 1-in. (25-mm) return line between the return line port and
the 1-in. (25-mm) grommet for the return line on the tank's inlet riser.
• To avoid siphoning, the return line should allow effluent to pour into the
tank from the height of the riser grommet.
Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm) above
the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle.
Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet.
1/8 inch minimum fall
Confirm a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per
meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to
the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 11

46 Installation Steps
Passive air vent
Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit.
Wire control panel.
Step 12. Connect Passive Air Vent
Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch
(50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit.
QKey Points;
• Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a
wall or other location that will protect it from damage.
• Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of 1/ inch per foot
(20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit.
• Make sure there are no "bellies" in the line that can collect water.
• Make sure the vent's top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade.
Notes;
• The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping.
• The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping.
Step 13. Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line r
Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge.
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring
QKey Points;
• This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician.
• Installation instructions, schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the
panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of
these is missing, contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Step 14a: Install the splice box(es) on the AX-RT using the instructions that
came with it.
Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it.
IMPORTANT DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall
other than a garage or shop wall! The motor contactor makes a sound
while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents.
O!Ts Key Points;
• Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel.
• Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service -friendly location.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 12

Installation Steps
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, cont.
Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump, float switches, and other
equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel.
OIMPORTANT Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes.
QKey Points.
• Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues.
• Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box
with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant.
�'• Note. To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float
switches, use different -colored wires for each electrical component.
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test ,
OIMPORTANT Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact
your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting
amperage to the pump.
Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward.
Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Step 15c: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" for
10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold.
OIMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and
reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold.
Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold.
Step 15f: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" and adjust
the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
Note. If the manifold won't pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa),
check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has
sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance.
Key Point. Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and
adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage.
Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "OFF."
Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge.
Step 15i: Return the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward.
Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
-",, M
'�sLSLSIi
�
15f 6 .21
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 13

Installation Steps
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont.
Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOMTM control panel, use the instructions that
came with it to place the control panel in "Test Mode." If the system uses an
MVP control panel, go on to the next step.
Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 151.
• If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 15o.
• If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel
out of "Test Mode" and go to step 150.
OIMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's discharge chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 151: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN"
and verify the pump runs.
Step 15m: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of "Test
Mode."
Step 15o: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump's
"AUTO/OFF/MAN" switches are toggled to "AUTO."
Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 14

Installation Steps
Step 16. Complete Backfilling
QKey Points;
• When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of any of the pipes.
Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully
fill around them.
• Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit's lid and all riser lids are
bolted down.
Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done.
Follow the tank manufacturer's guidelines for backfilling.
Stepl6b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch
(305-mm) lifts.
QKey Points;
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/-in. (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• For installations in non -cohesive soils* with high seasonal water tables,
use 3/-inch crushed rock as the backfill material.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
QKey Points;
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final
grade.
• After backfilling, call the system's Service Provider to arrange for the
official System Start-up.
Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit's lid is closed and secured.
Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank's access lids are secured.
"As described in OSHA Standards (29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix A), noncohesive soils
or granular soils include gravel, sand, or silt with little or no clay content. Granular soil cannot be
molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay,
silty clay, clay, and organic clay. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical
sideslopes, is hard to break up when dry, and when moist, can be rolled into threads without
crumbling. For example, if at least a 2-inch (51-mm) length of 1/8-inch (3-mm) thread can be
held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive.
Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ®07/17
Page 15

AdvanTex
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
®AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN
Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
c&s
LISTED
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Orenco Systems®, Inc.

UV Component

OrencoO UV Disinfection Unit
Applications
The Orenco° UV Disinfection Unit is designed for use in residential
applications after advanced secondary treatment (10 mg/L cBOD5
and TSS) When disinfection is required before dispersal.
It requires installation inside a pump or gravity discharge basin or in a
separate tank following an advanced secondary treatment system.
3-in. (80-mm)
quick -disconnect cou-
pling (2 pieces)
Inlet
Contact
chamber
Teflon° sleeve
UV lamp
Flow -through
spacer
General
Treated effluent flows by gravity through the contact chamber and
around the UV lamp Where it is disinfected in a 360-degree contact
zone. The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It requires
annual cleaning and lamp replacement.
In side -by -side NSF° testing, the Orenco UV Disinfection Unit reduced
bacteria by 99.999% (5 logs), meeting or exceeding the performance
of other residential UV disinfection units.
The Orenco UV Disinfection Unit comes With a power ballast and a
Orenco° UVIB lamp current sensor, housed in an Orenco control panel to protect the
control panel UV unit's electronic components. The control panel is installed exter-
(shown open) nally, outside of the Wet Well.
Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit, Cutaway View
Features/Specifications
• UL-recognized for US and Canada
• Bacteria reduced by 99.999% (5 logs)
per cord
t grip
• Flow path designed for maximum contact time between effluent and
lamp
led lamp
dle
• Components designed to work together — no piecemeal disinfec-
et
tion assemblies and wiring
• Teflon sleeve to protect lamp and minimize buildup and service
intervals
• Quick -disconnect fitting for easy inspection and unit cleaning
• Power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a control panel
(not in a wet well) to minimize corrosion and failure due to environ-
mental exposure
Standard Models
UV-1 25/31 -UVIB, UV-1 25/31 -UVIBSUB
Product Code Diagram
UV-125/31-0-❑
Tower cord length:
Blank = 25 ft (7.62 m)
50 = 50 ft (15.2 m)
Control panel options:
UVIB = panel with audible and visible alarms
UVIBSUB = sub -panel for use with separate control panel
Lamp length:
31 = 31 in. (787 mm)
Lamp output at 1 meter:
125 = 125 UW/cm2
Orenco UV disinfection unit
CW US UL-recognized
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UMSI-1
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Materials of Construction
ELI-
Panel enclosure UV -resistant fiberglass, UL Type 4X rated
Hinges and latches Stainless steel
Cord grip Nylon
u Contact chamber 3-in. (80-mm) diameter Sch 40 blackABS
Inlet tee 3-in. (80-mm) Sch 40 black ABS
Other fittings Black ABS
° Quick disconnect BlackABS
coupling
Orenco UVIB Control Panel 1 %2-in. IPS outlet Black ABS
(Shown Opened)
t __+_
A RD
C
�
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Top View)
Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber
Lamp sleeve Teflon°
Specifications
Panel Dimensions, in. (mm)
Height 11.5 (290)
Width 9.5 (240)
Depth 5.4(135)
UV Unit Dimensions, in. (mm)
A 5.63 (143)
B 10.06 (256)
C 1.50 IPS (40 DN)
D 42.25 (1073)
D
E 38.56 (979)
E
F 34.50 (876)
F
Inlet -to -outlet fall 0.50 (13)
UV Unit Performance
Typical contact chamber 276,000 µWs/cm2at 1 gpm (0.06 L/sec)
UV dose (65%trans- 55,000 µWsicm2at 5 gpm (0.32 L/sec)
mittance, 20% lamp 28,000 µWs/cm2 at 10 gpm (0.63 L/sec)
degradation)
Minimum target dose 30,000-38,000 µWs/cm2
Lamp 31 inches V87 mm), 92 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz,
425 mA, 38 W; 254 nm UVC intensity at 1 m
is 125 µW/cm2
Power cord 600V, 18/2 UL Type TC
Cord plug UL listed four -pin connector, Iampholder,
electric discharge, 1000 V or less
Ballast 120V, AC, 50 or 60 Hz, located in UL listed
Orenco° control panel
Audible alarm* 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
Visual alarm* 'A -in. (22-mm) diameter red lens, "Push-to-
silence." UL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
Orenco UV Disinfection
(Side Cutaway View)
Unit
Circuit breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 V.
DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic
tripping characteristics
UVIB control panels only
W-UMSI-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

Recirculation and Irrigation Pumps

PF Series 60-Hz, 4-inch (100-mm)
Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Our 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with love TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion -resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field -
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60-Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco's Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube° pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Discharge Connection
Bypass Orifice
Franklin
Liquid End
Suction Connection
Franklin
Super Stainless
Motor
Powered by
CFranklin Electric
cUS v
LRB0980
LR2053896
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance*
• Patented 1/8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI-SEALTM floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 glom
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 L/sec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 glom (3.2 and 4.7 L/sec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SCOW 600-V motor cable
Not applicable for 5-hp (3.73 kM models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call Orenco.
Product Code Dia ram Recirculation Pump
g PF300511
Dose
PF❑❑OF] F-1—❑PF2005mp
F2005 1 1
Tcor—dlength, ft (m):$
Blank = 10 (3) 20 = 20 (6)
30 = 30 (9) 50 = 50 (15)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal checkvalve
CV = internal check valve'
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115* 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Horsepower (k":
03 = 1/3 hp (0.25) 05 = Y2 hp (0.37)
07 = % hp (0.56) 10 = 1 hp (0.75)
15 = 1 Y2 hp (1.11) 20 = 2 hp (1.50)
30 = 3 hp (2.24) 50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Nominal flow, gpm (Usec):
10 = 10 (0.6) 15 = 15(1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30 (1.9)
50 = 50 (3.2) 75 = 75 (4.7)
Pump, PF Series
`Y2-hp (0.37k" only
'Available for 10 gpm (0.6 Usec),112 hp (0.37 k" only
S Note: 20-ft cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 1 Yz hp
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 5

Specifications
E
C.
C
VJ f0/J
Pump Model
t
3
C.
R
d
y
•+
cc
C- G1
CM
E Q
Z
49
O
yC„
Q
O
=
•y C-
G M
y
C.
E
X
2
i
G1
C.
9
N
rn !3
d y
ED a
V
VJ
G
=
t
C
�-
'a
Cr
�+
M
G1
a
V
PH 00511
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00511 CV
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00512
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.3
6.3
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF10053200
10 (0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.8
3.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100712 4,1
10 (0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.3
8.3
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.9 (658)
17 (432)
30 (14)
300
PF100732004,1
10 (0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
5.1
5.2
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.4 (645)
17 (432)
31 (14)
300
PH 01012 1,1
10 (0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
9.6
9.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.9 (709)
18 (457)
33 (15)
100
PH 0103200 1,1
10 (0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.5
5.5
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.3 (693)
18 (457)
37 (17)
300
PH 02012 5, 6 1,1
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
12.1
12.1
18
1 '/4 in. SS
39.5 (1003)
22 (559)
48 (22)
100
PH 02032 s, e, a
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
230
240
7.5
7.6
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PH 0203200 5, e, a
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
8.7
8.7
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PF150311
15 (1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
115
120
8.7
8.8
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF150312
15 (1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
230
240
4.4
4.5
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF200511
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.3
12.5
4
1 1/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
25 (11)
300
PF200512
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.4
6.5
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.5 (572)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF20053200
20 (1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.8
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF201012 4,1
20 (1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.5
10.5
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
28.4 (721)
20 (508)
33 (15)
100
PF201032004,1
20 (1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.9
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.8 (706)
20 (508)
33 (15)
300
PF201512 4,1
20 (1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.4
12.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
100
PF201532004,1
20 (1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
7.1
7.2
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
30.7 (780)
20 (508)
35 (16)
300
PF300511
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
11.8
11.8
3
1 �/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
28 (13)
300
PF300512
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
3
1'/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF30053200
30 (1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.6
3.6
3
1'/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF300712
30 (1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.8 (630)
21 (533)
29 (13)
300
PF30073200
30 (1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
4.9
4.9
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.6 (625)
21 (533)
30 (14)
300
PF301012 4
30 (1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.4
10.4
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.0 (686)
22 (559)
32 (15)
100
PF30103200 4
30 (1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
26.4 (671)
22 (559)
33 (15)
300
PF301512 4,1
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.6
12.6
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
32.8 (833)
24 (610)
40 (18)
100
PF301532004,1
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
6.9
6.9
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.8 (757)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF301534 4,1
30 (1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
460
480
2.8
2.8
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.5 (685)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF302012 5, 6 1
30 (1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
11.0
11.0
10
1 '/4 in. SS
35.5 (902)
26 (660)
44 (20)
100
PF30203200 1,1
30 (1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
9.3
9.3
10
1 '/4 in. SS
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
300
PF303012 5, 6 1,1
30 (1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
1
230
240
16.8
16.8
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.5 (1130)
33 (838)
54 (24)
100
PF303032 s, e, a
30 (1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
3
230
240
10.0
10.1
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.3 (1125)
27 (686)
52 (24)
300
PF305012 s, 67 a
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
1
230
240
25.6
25.8
23
1 '/4 in. SS
66.5 (1689)
53 (1346)
82 (37)
100
PF305032 s, e, a
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
230
240
16.6
16.6
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF30503200 s, e, a
30 (1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
200
208
18.7
18.7
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF500511
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.1
12.1
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500512
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500532
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
230
240
3.0
3.0
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF50053200
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.7
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500534
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
460
480
1.5
1.5
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500712
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF500732
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
3
230
240
3.9
3.9
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
32 (15)
300
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 5

Specifications, cont.
�-
a
E G1 49
VJ !3
y Ca
C. 3 �+ O O Q Ca
C C. C- G1 = E t
d y
ED a
=
t
'a
a
�+
f0.1
V
CM
VJ f0/J R E Q y0„ •y C- X C.
V
VJ
cm
G1
!C
d Z Q G !C 2 9
G
Pump Model
PF50073200 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3
2 in. SS
23.1 (587)
26 (660)
32 (15)
300
PF500734 50 (3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3
2 in. SS
34.8 (884)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF501012 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
26 (660)
35 (16)
100
PF50103200 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF501034 50 (3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF5015121 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5
2 in. SS
32.5 (826)
30 (762)
41 (19)
100
PF501532001 50 (3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0 5
2 in. SS
29.3 (744)
26 (660)
35 (16)
300
PF503012 4 s 1 a 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8
2 in. SS
43.0 (1092)
37 (940)
55 (25)
100
PF50303200 1, s, a 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8
2 in. SS
43.4 (1102)
30 (762)
55 (25)
300
PF503034' s, a 50 (3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3 8
2 in. SS
40.0 (1016)
31 (787)
55 (25)
300
PF505012 sATI 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4 13
2 in. SS
65.4 (1661)
55 (1397)
64 (29)
300
PF505032 sATI 50 (3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13
2 in. SS
59.3 (1506)
49 (1245)
64 (29)
300
PF751012 75 (4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0 3
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
27 (686)
34 (15)
100
PF751512 75 (4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4
2 in. SS
33.4 (848)
30 (762)
44 (20)
100
1 GFP = glass -filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 M-in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 718 in. octagonal across flats;
the 1 M-in. NPT
SS discharge is 2 1B
in. octagonal across flats; and the 2-in.
NPT SS discharge is 2 718 in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S. nominal size, to accommodate Orenco° discharge hose and valve assemblies. Consult
your Orenco Distributor
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric -sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube° Pump vault or Universal Flow Inducer. In other applications,
minimum liquid level should be top of pump.
Consult Orenco for
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10-ft (3-m) cord.
4 High pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam -lock option (0) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available for all pumps, and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
Discharge Glass -filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEK)
Diffusers Glass -filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon° acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture -free windings. All thrust absorbed by Kingsbury -type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous
duty. Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors for added
security. Single-phase
motors through 1.5 hp
(1.11 kq have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221' F
(95-105' C).
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 3 of 5

Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves shove the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump's optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs shove optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and shove flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco's PumpSelectTl software.
Pump Curves
800
700
as
c 600
500
a
400
v
300
a 200
I�
100
400
350
as
c 300
250
a
200
150
a 100
I�
50
PF10 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 2.0 hp
PF1020
PF1010
PF1007
PF1005
PF1005-FC
w/1/4" flow
controller
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
0L
0
PF20 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 -1.5 hp
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
160
140
as
c 120
0 100
a
80
v
60
a 40
I�
20
0L
0
900
800
as
700
c
C 600
500
a�
400
300
a
200
I I I I I I I
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3 hp
3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
PF30 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 4 of 5

Pump Curves, cont.
450
PF5050
30
200
r
0000001
=,00001
NIMBI
�
0L
0
PF50 Series, 60
IV LV JV YV VV VV I VV JV
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
90
as
80
c
70
O
60
Ica
50
v
40
J
a 30
c 20
10�
00
L
PF75 Series, 60 Hz,1.0 -1.5 hp
I zu 3u 4U ou ou lu ou W IUU
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 03/17
Page 5 of 5

Control Panel and Rain Sensor

RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
COVER CONDUIT `00�
MINIMUM 1891
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
N.T.S
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL
CONTROL DIRECTLY TO POSTS
PANEL OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
0000 (GRIND OFF PROTRUDING
O SCREWS)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
GRAVEL
TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM

VeriCommO AX20B Control Panels
Applications
VeriComm° AX20B remote telemetry control panels are used in
AdvanTex° AX20 Treatment Systems with two pumps for timed recir-
culation and pump discharge. Coupled with the web -based VeriComm
Monitoring System, these affordable control panels give the ability to
remotely monitor and control treatment system operation, with real-
time efficiency to wastewater system operators and maintenance
organizations, while remaining invisible to the homeowner. AX20B
panels allow remote operators to change system parameters, includ-
ing timer settings, from the web interface. Interlocked controls prevent
recirculation pump operation if there is a high-level alarm on the dis-
charge side.
Typical AX20B VeriComm® Control Panel
Standard Models: VCOMAX20B1, VC0MAX20B2
Features, cont.
Advanced Control Logic
• Activates system diagnostics in the event of a float failure or malfunc-
tion and maintains normal system operation until servicing can occur
Communication and Alarm Management
• Provides remote telemetry and a web -based monitoring applica-
tion for communication and alarm management (see VeriComm
Monitoring System, NTD-CP-VCOM-1)
• Updates point values (including timer settings) and queued changes
during each host communication session
• Contacts with host monthly; more frequently during alarm conditions
Multiple Communication Methods
• Call -In to VeriComm° Host (phone line or optional high speed internet)
— Signals critical fault conditions that require immediate attention
(e.g., pump failure) through automatic alarm notifications
— Signals less -critical fault conditions (e.g., stuck float switch) through
automatic alert notifications and triggers the panel's troubleshooting
logic and alternative operating mode
— Sends updates through automatic update notifications, including
alarm updates or all -clear notifications following alarms/alerts, as
well as normally scheduled monthly panel reports
—Allows manual, forced communication from panel to host for updat-
ing point values and receipt of queued changes
• Real -Time, Manual Direct Panel Connection
—Allows a local operator real-time access to detailed logged data
and the ability to change point values through direct connection via
RS-232 serial port from a laptop or Android° device with optional
Bluetooth° kit
VeriComm AX20B1 SA UV IB PT RG Allows a local operator to initiate an auto -answer mode in real-time
Features (IP Upgrade Kit is required if Internet line is used) Ito access detailed logged data and the ability to change point val-
ues via direct, forced communication at the site
Three Operating Modes
• "Start -Up Mode" collects trend data and establishes operating stan-
dards during the first 30 days of operation
• "Normal Mode" manages day-to-day functions
• "Test Mode" suspends data collection and alarm reporting during
installation and service
Data Collection and Utilization
• Compiles data logs of system conditions and events such as pump
run times, pump cycles, and alarm conditions
Troubleshooting and Diagnostic Logic
• Reports suspected component failures, which then trigger alarms
Open -architecture software with password security is used during
real-time, manual connections. Orenco offers BT-VCOM software as an
option, but VeriComm panels require no proprietary software. VT100
protocol allows access and control from a Mac or PC computer using a
simple communication program (e.g., Windows° HyperTerminal), with
multilevel password protection ensuring that only qualified personnel can
access the panel's data.
Status Light Indicators
— Flashing green LED for normal operation
—Yellow LEDs for status of digital inputs
— Red LEDs for status of digital outputs and modem activity
UL-recognized and FCC -approved
For more information, try our online demo at www. vericomm.net (no password required).
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-CP-VCOM-3
Rev. 2.0, ® 06/18
Page 1 of 2

Standard Components
v
Feature
Specifications
1. VeriComm° Remote
Telemetry Unit`
ATRTU-100: 36/18 VAC (center tap transformer); 8 digital inputs, 4 analog inputs, 4 digital outputs, 0 analog outputs,
on -board modem (2400 baud); LED input and output indicators; 1-year battery backup of data and program settings
2. Motor -Start Contactors
120 V, 16 FLA, 1 hp (0.75 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
240 V, 16 FLA, 3 hp (2.24 kW), 60 hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (5 million at 50% of FLA)
3. Toggle Switch
Single -pole, single -throw, momentary manual switch; 20 A, 3/4 hp (0.75 kW)
4. Controls Circuit Breaker
10 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics (240 V units are
available for international markets)
5. Pump Circuit Breaker
20 A, OFF/ON switch; single -pole 120 V or double -pole 240 V; DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics
6. Fuse
250 VAC, 1 A
7. Transformer
120 VAC primary, 36 VCT @ 0.85 A secondary
8. Audible Alarm
95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
9. Visual Alarm
7/8-in. (22-mm) diameter red lens; "Push -to -silence;" ILL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V
10. Panel Enclosure
Measures 13.51 in. high x 11.29 in. wide x 5.58 in. deep (343 x 287 x 135 mm). ILL Type 4X rated. Constructed of
UV -resistant fiberglass; hinges and latch are stainless steel.
`See VeriComm° Monitoring System (NTD-CP-VCOM 1) for details.
Optional Components
Feature
Specification(s) Product Code Adder
Pump Run Lights
7/8-in. (22-mm) diameter green lens. ILL Type 4X rated, 1 W LED light, 120 V PRL
Heater
Anti -condensation heater; self-adjusting: radiates additional wattage as temperature drops HT
Programmable Timer
Discharge pump timed dosing PT
UV Disinfection Compatibility
UV grounded power circuit and alarm contacts; pump disable upon UV failure UV
Additional options available on a custom basis. Contact Orenco Controls for more information
NTD-UNCOM-3 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, ® 06/18
Page 2 of 2

Float Switch Assemblies
Orenco Systems'
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Model MF
Installation Instructions
The float switch assembly is typically mounted in the screened pump vault or effluent screen inside of a septic or dosing tank.
The assembly is detachable without removal of the screened pump vault or effluent screen. A typical float switch assembly is
shown below.
Step 1:
Each float cable is provided with a color marker. This marker indicates the
function of the float. Make sure that your float cable color markers corre-
spond with the wiring diagram provided. If the wiring diagram does not
match your float cable marker colors, contact Orenco Systems® Inc. or
your local dealer for assistance.
Step 2:
To check for proper float switch operation, move each switch up and down
and check for interference. Remove the assembly from its holding bracket
by snapping it out of the holding bracket.
0
Float function
color marker
Float stem
Adjustable float
collar
Stainless steel
set screw
1
Float
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
E
Step 3:
If any float interferes with another, the float may be adjusted by loosening
the stainless steel set screw provided in the float collar. Using a phillips
screwdriver, slowly back the screw out of the collar to a point at which the
collar may be adjusted. Be careful not to back the screw completely out of
the collar. Carefully rotate the collar on the stem until the float switches can
move freely past one another. Tighten the stainless steel set screw and
recheck.
Warning: Be careful not to alter the the tether lengths of any of the floats.
Alteration of the tether length may affect proper operation of the float
switch assembly.
Step 4:
Check the float settings with the project plans and specifications. If the set-
tings need to be adjusted, loosen the set screw as described in step 3.
Adjust the float switches to the desired level and tighten the set screw.
Make sure float level settings do not violate any state or local regulations.
Note: The float stem provided is the maximum length possible without
interfering with the pump minimum liquid level or screened pump vault
intake ports. Never lengthen the float stem without prior approval from
Orenco. Lengthening of the float stem will void the warranty.
Step 5:
Replace the float switch assembly in the holding bracket. Make sure the
assembly snaps fully into the bracket.
Step 6:
To allow for easy removal of a float switch assembly, a 1" diameter handle
may be added to the top of the float switch assembly. Measure the distance
from the top of the float switch assembly up to about one foot from grade
level. Cut a 1" diameter PVC pipe to the measured length and glue it into the
handle.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 2 of 4
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.

Installation Instructions (continued)
Step 7:
When used with an Orenco electrical splice box:
Push the level control wires through the watertight cord grips into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cable coiled
inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the pump and float switch
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the
float cables, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the
cord grip. Tighten the cord grips by hand, not by tool, then test the tight-
ness of the cord grips by tugging on each cable. A cable is secure when
the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. Adequate lengths of
cable should be left within the splice box to allow easy removal for future
disconnecting and resplicing.
Note: See the splice box instructions (E/N-SB-SB-1) and
corresponding splice box diagram for connection instructions.
M
© 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc. NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions °e
Orence Systems'
Incorporated
1.800-348-9843
During the annual inspection, follow the testing procedures provided to ensure that the system is operating properly. If a float is
found to be faulty, either during the annual inspection or during troubleshooting after an alarm condition, see the section below
titled Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats.
Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats
Important. Before doing any work either on the wiring to the level control floats and pump in the vault or in the pump control
panel, switch the circuit breakers in the panel to their "OFF" positions; then switch off the power to the system at the service
entrance panel.
1. Remove the float assembly from the vault.
2. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the stainless steel screws from the splice box lid, being careful not to drop the screws
into the tank. If the splice box was submerged, or if there is a crack in the conduit, there may be water in the splice box. If
this is the case, remove water from the splice box with a syringe, sponge, or other appropriate method. Loosen the cord grip
at the splice box and verify the appropriate splice for the float. Unscrew the wire nuts and remove the float.
3. Remove the inoperative float and replace it with a new one. Push the float cable through the watertight cord grip into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the float
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and
tag through the cord grip. Tighten the cord grip byhand, notbytool, then test the tightness of the cord grip by tugging on the
cord. A cord is secure when the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. An adequate length of cord should be left
within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and resplicing.
4. Refer to document EIN-SB-SB-1 for instructions to splice the float wire to the wire from the control panel. Attach the float
wires using the waterproof wire nuts. It is necessary to replace this wire nut with a new watertight wire nut. Always use
watertight wire nuts or heat shrink splice kits for all connections!
5. Replace the float and collar and return the assembly to the pump vault.
6. Reconnect power and test the unit.
NIN-MF-MF-1 © 2003 Orenco Systems' Inc.
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 4 of 4

Float Switch Assemblies
Applications
Float switches are used to signal liquid level positions for alarm and
pump control applications. Orenco float switch assemblies can be
mounted in pump vaults, effluent screens, pump basins, and risers.
On------
tX
0
0
Set poin
0
Float stem
The "On" and "Off" positions describe normally open floats.
For normally closed floats, the functions are reversed.
Materials of Construction
Float housing Impact -resistant, noncorrosive PVC plastic for use in liquids
up to 1400 F (600 C)
Float cord,
P and N models
Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOOW; Super Vu-Tron°
Supreme, yellow
Float cord,
All other models
Flexible 2-conductor (UL, CSA) SJOW; water-resistant
(CPE); neoprene coating
Float collar
ABS
General
All models listed are UL listed and CSA certified for use in water or sew-
age. Non -mercury float switches (models B, C, N, and P) are used where
components containing mercury are prohibited.
Float switches are typically ordered in assemblies that include one or
more switches mounted on a 1-inch PVC float stem. ABS float collars
are used to provide secure mounting that is easily adjustable.
Normally -open T" float switches have a blue cap for easy identifica-
tion; normally -closed "N" float switches have a red cap. T" and "N"
model float switches use Super Vu-Tron° electrical cords for superior
chemical and water resistance.
Float Models
Standard Models Pump Tank: P (x3)
B, C, G, N, P
MF
❑❑'❑
❑ord length option:
Blank = 10 R (3 m), standard
20 = 20 R (6 m)
30 = 30 ft (9 m)
50 = 50 ft(15 m)
Application:
FS = field set
FTL = elbow -style (base -inlet filters only)
PB = pump basin
V = pump vault (standard float settings)
STEP = Standard float settings for STEP
STEPRO = Standard float settings for STEP with redundant off
SVCOM = Standard float settings for VCOM simplex
Float stem length:
Blank = no float stem (floats and collars only)
19, 21, 27, 33, 37, 39, 45, 51, 57, 66 = stem length, in.
5,11 = stem length, in. (for elbow -style float brackets)
Float switch models (listed in order from the top of the float stem down):
B,C,G,N,P
Number of float switches (when using multiples of the same float switch model):
Blank = no multiples of the same float switch model
Float switch assembly
Product Code Diagram
When ordering float switch assemblies, remember to list float switches
from the top of the float stem down. An "MFPBN-" nomenclature indi-
cates one T" switch at the top of the stem, one "B" in the middle of
the stem, and one "N" switch at the bottom of the stem; an "MF2PN-"
indicates ?" switches at the top and middle of the stem, and one "N"
switch at the bottom of the stem.
Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-MF-MF-1
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Signal- and Motor -Rated Float Switch Matrix
X I Y I Drawdoww
signal -rated mechanical floats4 (for control switch applications)
P Modela
Normally open
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
N Modela
Normally closed
Mechanical
Yes
n/a
n/a
n/a
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
0.50 in.
2.00 in.
Motor -rated floats4 (for pump switch applications)
B Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.'
2.50 in.
1.50 in.
4.00 in.
240V
13A
1 hp
3.00 in.
3.00 in.
1.50 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
3.25 in.
1.50 in.
4.75 in.
C Model
Normally open
Mechanical
No
120V
13A
1/2 hp
2.00 in.
3.00 in.
2.50 in.
5.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.'
3.50 in.
3.00 in.
6.50 in.
4.00 in.
4.00 in.
3.50 in.
7.50 in.
5.00 in.
4.50 in.
4.00 in.
8.50 in.
6.00 in.
5.25 in.
4.25 in.
9.50 in.
G Model
Normally open
Mercury
Yes
120V
15A
3/4 hp
2.00 in.
1.50 in.
3.00 in.
4.50 in.
240V
15A
2 hp
3.00 in.'
1.75 in.
3.00 in.
4.75 in.
4.00 in.
2.00 in.
3.50 in.
5.50 in.
a. Suitable for use with VCOM and MVP.
b. Standard tether length
Notes
State: normally open or normally closed
The default state of a float normally open or normally closed refers to the contact
positions in the float when the float is resting (down). Float switches have an internal contact.
The terms "normally open" (N/0) and "normally closed" (N/C) refer to the state of the float
switch contact in the down position. A normally open float switch has an open contact (of) in
the down position and a normally closed float switch has a closed contact (on) in the down
position. Different panel functions require different types of float switches. Most applications
require float switches that are normally open. One notable exception is the redundant off and
low-level alarm function that requires a normally closed float switch, except with MVP and
VCOM panels.
2IR (intrinsically safe relay)
Approved for use with intrinsically safe, Class 1, Division 1 applications, where reliable float
switch operation with very low current is required.
Drawdown
Drawdown (in inches) refers to the difference in liquid level between a float switch's activation
and deactivation points. Drawdown can be altered by adjusting the tether length of the float
switch cord. When selecting float switches, keep in mind that any float switch that can directly
start and stop a pump (one that has no motor contactor in the control panel) should have a
drawdown capability, to avoid rapid cycling of the pump.
' Signal -rated or motor -rated
Every float has a maximum amount of current it can handle. Exceeding these limits may cause
premature failure. Signal rated or "control" floats are used to activate pump control panels
and alarms. Only low amperage signals pass through these float switches, hence the float
switch is "signal -rated. "All Orenco panels that use motor contactors can use signal -rated float
switches. In some systems, a float switch is used to directly start and stop a pump. In this
application, the current that is running the pump passes through the float switch as well, and
the float switch must be "motor -rated. "In most instances, a motor rated float switch can be
used as a signal float switch.
NTD-MF-MF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 2 of 2

MINI-CLICK--HV
H1111teloo
The Irrigation Innovators
here's nothing more embarrassing —or more
wasteful or costly —than an irrigation system
that runs when it doesn't have to ... in the rain.
Mini-Clik° provides the simplest, most effective way
to prevent sprinklers from coming on during or after
precipitation. It easily installs on any automatic irrigation
system, then shuts sprinklers off in a storm and keeps
them off, automatically compensating for the amount
of rainfall that occurred. Disks absorb water and expand
proportionally to the amount of rain that fell (e.g., a
Mini-Clik Rain Sensor
small cloudburst would result in little absorption, a
6" thunderstorm would lead to more absorption and
expansion). As the moisture -laden disks expand, they
eventually activate a switch that interrupts the circuit from
the controller to the valves. Once dry, they contract and
release the switch. Thus, Mini-Clik
o V F
automatically resets without ever
Q ti
affecting your controller. There's no
WATER
better way to ensure that a system
isn't watering when it isn't necessary.
Easily installs on any automatic
irrigation system
Versatile enough to work with all
popular controllers
*'
Patented mechanism cannot be fouled
by dirt or debris
i
Reliable operation, no false shutdowns
Adjusts to actuate at various
kjw000�
rainfall quantities
Set from Y8' to 1" based upon your
local conditions
Includes 25 feet of 20 gauge two
conductor wire
Fast and easy mounting out of sight
5-year warranty
Your guarantee of dependable operation
Why You Should Ask for a
Genuine Mini-Clik Sensor:
Adding the patented Mini-Clik
sensor to your system's irrigation
controller is the easy way to make
system operation truly automatic. By
interrupting programmed watering
during rainyperiods, the Mini-Clik
can save thousands ofgallons of
water each season. Unlike other rain
sensors, the Mini-Clik is accurate, reli-
able, and proven effective in lowering
your water usage.

Models
Mini-Clik° Rain Sensors
MINI-CLIK— standard Min i-Clik model
MINI-CLIK-HV -code approved for liquid tight electrical
All Mini-Clik rain sensors are UL Listed and available in three different models to
fittings for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications
accommodate your particular wiring needs.
MINI-CLIK-C—'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom
MINI-CLIK
MINI-CLIK-NO — normally open switch
The standard Mini-Clik model, for use in most appli-
MINI-CLIK-C-NO —'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom,
cations. Constructed of high impact thermoplastic
normally open switch
and aluminum. Simple click -stop settings accurately
Dimensions
measure rainfall in quantities of %8"to I " Reset rate
Height:5 inches
is adjustable.
Length: MINI-CLIK:6 inches
Model: MINI-CLIK
MINI-CLIK-HV:7'/2 inches
MINI-CLIK-C
Features a % "female threaded inlet at the bottom
Operating Specifications
to accommodate any type of conduit to enclose
Switch Rating: 5 amps, at 125/250VAC (MINI-CLIK
L
wire. Electrical PVC orplumbing PVCpipe can
and MINI-CLIK-C)
Wiring: MINI-CLIK and MIN I-CLIK-C: Typically
I++ be used with this unit since it is intended for24 volt
interrupts the common ground wire between the
11 applications.
solenoid valves and the controller
Model: MINI-CLIK-C
MINI-CLIK-HV: For use with high voltage irrigation
MINI-CLIK-HV
systems, and systems using pumps drawing less
Adds in code approved liquid -tight electrical fittings
than 10 amps peak
for 120 or240 volt wiring applications. Also includes
MINI-CLIK-NO: for use with controllers that require
a normally open sensor switch
i 18 inches of 16 AWG installation wire. Integral
Included:25 ft. of#20 two conductor wire, two
bracket with supplied electrical fittings and conduit.
mounting screws, controller identification label,
Ready to mount on any standard junction box.
and detailed instructions
Model: MINI-CLIK-HV
By compensating for the effects of natural
rainfall, the Mini-Cliksaves water and
typically pays for itself in just one season.
�ATION GUIDE'
EXAMPLE MINI-CLIK - HV
T
MODEL OPTIONS
MINI-CLIK HV=High Voltage Model for 110/220VAC Applications
C = Conduit Mount
NO = Normally Open Switch
Note: For Mini-CliIP in SensorGuard enclosure, specify SG -MC.
To add Bypass Switch Box to any non -Hunter controller
installation, specify BPSW with sensor. Bypass switch function
is standard in all Hunter controllers.
Bypass Switch Box: Give Any Automatic Controller's Remote
Sensors the Capability to Bypass
It's the easy way to put a system in the manual
mode as would be needed during servicing and
troubleshooting operations. Featuring a compact,
heavy-duty switch mechanism, the Bypass Switch
Box mounts quickly and easily with its no -strip
wire connectors and supplied adhesive tape.
Mini -Weather Station: Control
System Operation with Sensors for 1'
Wind, Rain, and Temperature
With the Hunter Mini -weather Station you get
each of Hunter's three different sensor devices in one
single convenient unit. The Mini-Clik rain sensor shuts
sprinklers off in a storm and keeps them off, automat-
ically compensating for the amount of rainfall that
occurred. The Freeze-Cliko prevents system activation
by automatically stopping the flow of water when
outdoor temperatures drop near freezing. The Wind-
Cliko shuts off systems during periods of high wind,
i fia,; S..:.h
�..ry
lodel: BPSW
ffII id 4
_J�
Model: MWS-FR
then automatically resets the system when conditions are more favorable. Easy to
mount (it attaches to your controller with just two wires) and easy to use, the Mini -
Weather Station takes all the guesswork out of when you shouldn't water. A
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • TEL: [phone] • FAX: [phone] © 2006 Hunter Industries Incorporated
www.Hunterindustries.com P/N 700592 LIT-277 3/06

Hinder'
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
on the controller,
disconnect it. Attach one
wire of the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal
(usually marked "C") on
the controller. Attach the
other wire of the Mini-Clik
to the common wire
leading to the valves.
Note: The common wire
to the valves does not
have to be interrupted
at the controller. The
Mini-Clik maybe wired
anywhere along the
common wire line.
B. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves
with Booster Pump (See
Figure 4)
Locate the common wire
to the solenoid valves and
the common wire leading
to the coil of the relay that
starts the pump. If these
two wires are connected
to the "common" terminal
on the controller,
disconnect both of them.
Twist together these two
wires along with one wire
from the Mini-Clik, and
secure with a wire nut.
Attach the other wire of
the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal on the
controller. Note: The pump
circuit output must be 24
Volts in this situation. Do
not proceed if 110V.
C. Special Instructions for
Mini-Clik-HV (See Figures
5 and 6)
The two taped and
stripped wires are the
ones to be used when
following these accompa-
nying diagrams. The third
wire should be terminated
with a wire nut (not sup-
plied). All wire connec-
tions with the Mini-Clik
should be made with wire
nuts and located in a
junction box.
Where the timer is
controlling a pump, the
relay may be inside the
timer, external or non-
existent. If there is no
relay in the circuit, one
must be added. The
wiring for an internal or
external relay is the same:
the Mini-Clik breaks the
circuit to the coil of the
relay only. Either wire of
the coil may be broken.
Operation Check to Verify
Correct Wiring
Turn on one zone of the
irrigation system that is
visible while you are in reach
of the Mini-Clik. Manually
Mini-Clik Controller
C 1 2 3 4
0 (S G)
0
0
Third Normally -
Open Lead
Solenoid
Common Wire to 10 Valves
All Valves
Figure 3
Controller Mini-Clik
Pump
orMV C 1 2 3 4
0
Line -In o
Terminate
Normally -
Open Relay
Solenoid
Common Valves
Wire to All
Valves
Line -Out (to Pump)
Figure 4
Mini-Clik-HV
Controller
110V
110V Switched
Input Input
a4� r
110V Line
Terminate
110V
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 5
depress the spindle at the top of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch "click"
off. The sprinkler zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiring
for correctness. It is not necessary to "wet' test the Mini-Clik, although it will test
the operation fine, if desired.
Figure 7
1 /8 1 /4
1 /2 3/4
1
Vent Ring Vent
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation system from
starting or continuing after rainfall quantities of 1/8",
1/4", 1/2", 3/4" or 1". To adjust it to the desired shut-
off quantity, rotate the cap on the switch housing
so that the pins are located in the proper slots (see
Figure 7). Do not forcibly twist the cap as this might
break the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik to reset for
normal sprinkler operation after the rain has
stopped is determined by weather conditions (wind,
sunlight, humidity, etc.) These conditions will
determine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out,
and since the turf is also experiencing the same
conditions, their respective drying rates will roughly parallel each other. So when
the turf needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinkler
system to go at the next scheduled cycle.
There is an adjustment capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the reset
rate. By turning the "vent ring" (see Figure 7) to completely or partially cover the
ventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly. This adjustment can
compensate for an 'overly sunny" installation location, or peculiar soil conditions.
Experience will best determine the ideal vent setting.
The Hunter ICC and SRC controllers are equipped with a built-in bypass that
allows you to override an active sensor. For controllers not equipped with this
feature, should you desire to bypass the operation of the Mini-Clik for any reason
(i.e., turn on your system even though the Mini-Clik has shut "off" due to rainfall),
there are two simple ways to do this. The first is to add our Bypass Switch Box.
This mounts on or next to the controller, and by simply moving the switch, the
Mini-Clik is bypassed. The second method is to go to the Mini-Clik and raise the
"cap" a couple of settings higher or completely remove it. This takes the pressure
off the switch button, which allows the valve circuit to close again.
Note: Using the "manual"switch on non -Hunter controllers typically will not
bypass the sensor.
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Mini-Clik does not have to be
removed or covered for "winterizing" purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
System will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch "clicks" on
and off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check all wire
junctions.
C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the Mini-
Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two "outer" wires near the unit to
expose copper. Turn one sprinkler zone on, and apply a "jumper wire" across
the two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the switch is bad. Wrap
all nicked wires with electrical tape.
System will not shut off even after heavy rainfall:
A. Check wiring for correctness (see "Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring").
B. Check sensitivity setting on Mini-Clik — move cap to more sensitive setting.
The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a
"tube" type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstructions to rainfall
such as overhangs, trees or walls.
All Mini-Clik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Samples of these devices have
been evaluated by ILL and meet the applicable ILL standards for safety.

Nuiderc
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
In most installations, the Mini-Clik acts as a switch to break the circuit to the
solenoid valves of the irrigation system when it has rained. This allows the timer
to advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from opening the water flow.
Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch closes again to allow for
normal operation.
The Mini-Clik has three blue wires coming out of it. Two are connected to a 25
foot extension, and the third center one is left disconnected. This center blue
wire is the "normally open" lead of the switch and is not used in most installations.
The remaining two extension wires are colored (one "silver" tinned, the other
natural copper); however, in the following instructions it will not matter which
wire is connected at a given junction.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the standard
model except for the lack of an aluminum mounting bracket and the addition of
a 1/2" threaded cap, which allows for the easy use of electrical conduit to totally
enclose the wires. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing grade PVC pipe
can be used as well as electrical grade conduit.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: This rain sensor unit is designed to be used
with automatic irrigation systems of two principle designs: 1) single -station
electrical timer (e.g., Intermatic) that switches power to a pump, either directly
or through a relay; or 2) single -station electrical timer that switches power to a
solenoid valve.
Standard Model:
Using the screws
provided, mount the Mini-
Clik on any surface
where it will be exposed
to unobstructed rainfall,
but not in the path of
sprinkler spray. The
switch -housing portion
must be upright (as
pictured), but the swivel -
bracket can be moved for
mounting on any angled
surface. Loosen the
locknut and screw before
swiveling bracket, and
then re -tighten.
For the Conduit Model
Mini-Clik-C:
The conduit acts as the
mounting support for the
unit. Therefore, place
and mount the conduit
to allow for the desired
sensor location as
described in the main
instructions for the
standard model. Be sure
to support the conduit
sufficiently along its
various lengths.
For the High -Voltage
Model Mini-Clik-HV:
The mounting of this unit is primarily made by screwing the fitting end into the
threaded holes of covers to rectangular junction boxes (for outdoor use) or the
covers of round junction boxes commonly used for outdoor spotlights. Locate
the junction box so that with the Mini-Clik attached, unobstructed rainfall will hit
the outermost sensing end of the unit. If a longer reach is needed, the "Carlon"
flexible conduit piece can be substituted with a slightly longer piece (up to 8"
length with no support or up to 11" with support).
Helpful hints for mounting:
A. When looking for a suitable location such as on the side of a building or post,
the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the wire run will be.
This will also minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical location. In
the case where a compromise must exist (such as low location on a side wall
rather than the preferred high location), note that the Mini-Clik will still work
as it will always receive some rainfall — it just will not be as accurate in its
gauging as it could be.
C. As described in the "Operation" section of this manual, "reset rate" refers to
the amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry out sufficiently for the sprinkler
system to be allowed to come back on. The mounting location will affect this
rate and should be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.
For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end of a
building may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired. Similarly,
mounting on the northern end of a building with constant shade may keep the
Mini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller, and fasten it every
few feet with wire clips or stapled for best results. If an extension to the wire
provided is needed, use the following table to determine the minimum wire
gauge needed:
If the extension needed is: 25-50 ft. 50-100 ft. 100 ft. or more
use: 20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG
Important: The Standard Model Mini-Clik is sold and designed for hook up to 24
Volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to 110V or 220V irrigation controllers,
please consult your distributor or this factory. All wiring must conform to National
Electrical Code or applicable local codes.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is designed to be installed in
conjunction with 24VAC circuits only. Do not use with 110 or 220VAC circuits.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: WARNING! This unit must be installed by a qualified
electrician in accordance with National Electrical Code and applicable local
codes. The electrical rating of this device is 125-250VAC at 10.1 amps. Do not
let current pass through this
device that exceeds this
rating. Do not install directly
in line with any pump.
Wiring to the Hunter SRC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the SRC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the RUN
(BYPASS SENSOR) position
on the dial.
1. Route the wires from the
Mini-Clik up through the
same opening used for
valve wiring.
2. Connect one wire to the
RS terminal and other
to the C terminal (See
Figure 1).
3. Connect the valve common
to the RS terminal.
Wiring to the Hunter ICC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the ICC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the
Sensor switch on the front
panel.
1. Remove the jumper from
the two "SEN" terminals.
2. Route the wires from the
rain sensor up through the
same conduit opening
used for valve wiring.
3. Connect one wire to the
terminal labeled "SEN"
and the other wire to the
other "SEN" terminal (See
Figure 2).
Hunter SRC
Connect Common to
this Terminal when
Mini-Clik
using Rain Sensor
t Rain
Wires to
Two Terminals
3 4
JATh
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 1
Mini-Clik Hunter ICC
C
0 P MV
o SEN
o SEN
e TEST
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Figure 2
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard wiring
situations, please consult your distributor or request our "Non-standard"
wiring information packet.
A. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves Only (No booster pump) (See Figure 3)
With the two wires from the Mini-Clik at the controller, locate the "common
ground" wire of the solenoid valves. If it is connected to the common terminal
Hunter Industries Incorporated - The Irrigation Innovators © 2011 Hunter Industries Incorporated
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • U.S.A. • TEL: [phone] • FAX [phone] LIT-31S RevA S/11
www.hunterindustries.com

Drip Field Components

BIOLINE:
08WRAM.6-24
BIOLINE DRIP TUBING
The worlds most advanced continuous
self-deaning, pressure -compensating
dripperline for wastewater.
Applications
• Can be used with domestic septic tank effluent
of 2201220 (ppm) BODITSS with proper design,
filtration and operation
• Typically installed following a treatment
process
• Reuse applications including municipally
treated effluent designated for irrigation
Features/Benefits
• Pressure Compensation - all drippers deliver
equal flow, even on sloped or rolling terrain_
• Unique Flow Path - Turbonet technology
provides more control of water and a high
resistance to clogging_
• Continuous Self -Flushing Dripper Design -
flushes debris, as it is detected -throughout
operation, not just at the beginning or end of
a cycle. Ensures uninterrupted dripper
operation.
• Single Hole Dripper Outlet from Tubing
Better protection against root intrusion
Allows the dripperline to be used in
subsurface applications without need for
chemical protection
• Drippers Capture Water Flow From the Center
of the Tubing - ensures that only the cleanest
flow enters the dripper_
• Built -In Physical Root Barrier - drippers are
protected from root intrusion without the
need for chemical protection_ Water exits
dripper in one location while exiting the
Tubing in another_
• Three Dripper Flow Rates - provides the
broadest range off low rates available_ Allows
the designer to match the dripperline to any
soil or slope condition_
• Bioline Tubing is Completely Wrapped in
Purple - the complete tubing is purple,easily
identifiying it w a non -potable, regardless of
how the tubing is installed.
• Vinyzene-Impregnated Drippers - prevents
buildup of microbial slime_
• Can be used subsurface - Bioline can be
installed on -surface, under cover or subsurface_
• No Special Storage Requirements - does not
degrade if stored outdoors.
• Techfilter Compatible - an optional level of
protection, provides a limited lifetime
warranty against root intrusion.
EXPLODED VIEW OF BIOLINE DRIPPER
Self -flushing Free Floating
Diaphragm flushes debris
from dripper arnytme
Effiden8y Short during operation
Flow Path Pressure Compensating
Bath and0utlet
7urbonet
VinyzeneImpregnated -
Technology-
widor
antimxrobiai protection
cross-section
to resist build-[p ofslime
allows large
7Physical
part dpi through
Barrier -
flowpath
ack of dripper
Specifications
• Dripper flow rates 0 4, 0.6 or 0.9 GPH
• Dripper spacings: 12", 18" or 24" dripper spacings
and blank tubing
• Pressure compensation range: 7 to 70 psi
(stainless steel clamps recommended above 50 psi)
• Maximum recommended system pressure: 50 psi
• Tubing diameter: 0.66" OD, 0.57" ID
• Tubing color: Purple color indicates non -potable
• Coil lengths: 500` or 1,000` (Blank tubing in 250`)
• Recommended filtration: 120 mesh
• Bending radius: 7"
• UV resistant
• Tubing material: Linear low -density polyethylene
Additional flow, spacings, and pipe sizes available by
special order. Please contact Netafim USA Customer
Service for details.
,I NETAFIM�

BIOLINE:
08WRAM.6-24
BIOLINE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.)
BIOLINE DRIPPER OPERATION
1. Regulating made
Bioline's continuous self-cleaning, pressure compensating
dripper is a fully self-contained unit molded to the interior
2. Initiation of
wall of the dripper tubing- flushing cycle
As shown at right, Bioline is continuously self-cleaning during-
r
operation, not just at the beginning and end of a cycle. The 3. Flushing cycle
result is dependable, clog -free operation, year after year.
4. Regulating made
st
CROSS SECTION OF Effluent
BIOLINE DRIPPER flog'
Shows how effluent enters the
Dri,
dripper from the center of the flow lnlett
where it is the cleanest- Dehm
SAMPLF MOOR NUMUR
Bioline _ 08WRAM
Dripper line -
Dripper Dapper coil
Flow Rate Spacing Length
0.4 GPH = A 12" = 12 500' = V500
0.6 GPH = .6 18" = 18 1,000'= V
0.9 GPH = .9 24" = 24
BLANK Tubing Model Number. 250' = 08W RAM-250
Flow
Dripper
coil
Model
Rate
Spacing
Length
Number
1,000'
08WRAM.4-12V
0.4 GPH
12"
500,
08WRAM.4-12V500
1,000'
08WRAM.4-18V
0.4 GPH
18"
500,
08WRAM.4-18V500
1,000'
08WRAM.4-24V
0.4 GPH
24
500,
08WRAM.4-24V500
1,000'
08WRAM.6-12V
0.6 GPH
12"
500,
08WRAM. 6-12V500
1,000'
08WRAM.6-18V
0.6 GPH
18"
500,
08WRAM.6-18V500
1,000'
08WRAM.6-24V
0.6GPH
24"
500,
08WRAM.6-24V500
1,000'
08WRAM.9-12V
0:9 GPH
12"
500,
08WRAM.9-12V500
1,000'
08WRAM.9-18V
0.9 GPH
18"
500'
08WRAM.9-18V500
1,000'
08WRAM.9-24V
0.9 GPH
24"
500'
08WRAM.9-24V500
Blank Tubing 17mm
250'
08WRAM-250
Bioline
Dripper

Irrigation Headworks Components

HEADWORKS
BOX #1
1' Street Nbo*
ss (®45'
Pipe/Coupll+g
I
1
•MInimum length
or Per Manulacturer s
Spec+ticotions
Into bottom
o! 1' Union.)
11'n r T'oPT
Dkenwae
Length -tort•
1.25
—45" Soc x spilt
street Nboly
Gasket
SCH BG
Union
Gaskel�
SCH 8G
Union
1" F/ex PVC �f 1" SOW Nboly
,n Bushing Flo1y/inehr
yl/ Bushing
3/4' Union ( 01 Vo11.e
45" into bottom
o! spin clean
lhlN.)
1" Union—
P.
pe/coupin-g,
Gasket
ValveTo
xcnepwks
R
Length=5C•
rl' Unlon
Gasket 1L
Gasket
C C
'SCH 80
Union 1Spin
yt/ Bushing Dean later
SCH 8o
Union
*/ Bushing
Pipe/Coupling PAPeIC-Pling
1• PVC Wye
Y Pipe
BOTTOM LAYER
TOP LAYER
Note: Supply
line penetrations
to be at least
18" below top of box

HEADWORKS BOX #2
Fram
Heod*orks y1
1
1,25" To Droin(ieid
Gasket
1, 5" — To DroinReid
1, 5" ft
— y To Drainiieid
Gasket
1,25M To Droin(ieid
Pipe/Coupling
1.25" Union 1" Solenoid ion
nU
Valve Union
Nipple Nipple
the the
Note: Return lire penetrations to be at least 18" below top of box

■ BOTTOM LOAD MULTI -JET METERS
Master Meter's Multi -Jet meter exceeds
the AWWA C708 standard. With sensitivity
to measure water flowing as low as 1 /8
gallon per minute and accuracy unaffected
by common particulates and build-up that
would freeze other types, you can count on
our Multi -Jet technology.
Technical Specifications:
AWWA Standard -Meets or exceeds all sections of AWWA
Standard C-708, most recent revision. Compliant with SDWA, NSF
ANSI 372 and NSF ANSI 61 standards.
Register- Standard Direct Read, DIALOG° 3G AMR System
registers, AccuLinx Encoder, and IP 68 Electrical Output registers
available. Together, an integrated and migratable technology
environment is attained; direct, proximity (touch), mobile AMR,
and Fixed Network AM1.
Register Sealing - Direct Read and DIALOG registers
are permanently sealed with a scratch resistant glass
lens, stainless steel base and wrap -around gasket to
prevent intrusion of dirt or moisture.
Features & Benefits:
Rugged basket strainer built from advanced polymer
materials for superior wear mitigation.
Proprietary design produces smooth, laminar flow
profile for improved accuracy
Award -winning DIALOG 3G register design houses
all vital components - encoder, RF transmitter,
battery and antennae - safely within the register's
stainless steel and tempered glass enclosure. Free of
external wires, components and connections - the #1
cause of field related issues on competitive
designs.
Assures compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA).
Measures with only one moving part that is hydro-
dynamically balanced on a sapphire bearing to
preserve accuracy and promote a positive bottom line.
Exceptional performance in passing entrained solids
and operating in environments with high mineral
content.
Clean, elegant measurement design is highly sensitive
to leaks and low flow while limiting wear for excellent
revenue protection.
■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■
Master Meter // 101 Regency Parkway // Mansfield, TX 76063 // www.mastermeter.com U

■ BOTTOM LOAD MULTI -JET METERS
Technical Specs (Cont'd):
Register Unit - Registration available in U.S. gallons, cubic
feet or cubic meters.
Test Circle - Large center sweep hand with one hundred
(100) clearly marked gradations on the periphery of the
dial face (available on Direct Read and DIALOG 3G
registers).
Design/Operation - Velocity -type flow measurement.
Water that is evenly distributed by multiple converging
inlet ports flows past an impeller in the measuring
chamber, creating an impeller velocity directly
proportional to water flow rate. The meter's register
integrates that velocity into totalized flow.
An inherent advantage for this design is unparalleled
wear mitigation leading to sustained revenues.
The register assembly is removable under line pressure
permitting seamless, simplified upgrades in
reading technology.
Strainer - A rugged, 360-degree advance polymer
basket strainer protects the critical measuring
element from damage. The unique strainer design
smoothes the flow of water entering into the meter
creating a laminar flow that is gentle on the meter's
internal components. Tough materials operating in a
smooth, balanced environment enable the meters
to perform more accurately over time. Utilities'
investments last longer while capturing more revenue.
Measuring Chamber- The measuring chamber housing
and measurement element are built with an advanced
synthetic polymer. Measurement surfaces are not
wear surfaces, providing sustained accuracy despite
the presence of entrained solids in the water. A long
life, synthetic sapphire bearing serves as a wear
surface with radially balanced water flows. The
chamber housing is constructed in two parts to
allow access to the impeller. Bottom plates available in
Bronze, Cast Iron (CI) or Engineered Plastic.
Flow Rating (gpm)
30
30
30
50
Continuous Flow (gpm) `
20
20
20
-
Normal Flow Range (gpm)
2-30
2-30
2-30
3-50
Extended Low Flow (gpm) _
1/2
=W/2
M/2
Maximum Working Pressure (psi)
150
150
150
150
120
20
20
-
Length (A below)
13-5/8"
7-1/2"
9"
9"
10-3/4"
3-5/8"
3-5/8"
3-5/8"
4"
Height, standardregister with lid (C below)
5"5"5"5-1/4"
Height, botto
1-1/2"
1-1�
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
Weight (Ibs)
4.0
4.1
4.6
5.25
Packed To Cart
6
4
4
Carton Weight (Ibs)
25.4
26
19.8
22.4
Accuracy and Head Loss Chart
103.0%
0 101.5%
m a
o z 100%
a l
3 - 98.5%
a
97.0%
ACCURACY%
MENEM=
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
-10 P.S.I.
_g
_g
_7
-6
-5
_q
-3
_z
-1
-0
C
V.062118 t
Master Meter // 101 Regency Parkway // Mansfield, TX 76063 // www.mastermeter.com

VALVES
10
e
a
y
J 6-
5-
4-
3-
'NETAFIMTM
GROW MORE WITH LESS
PROVEN PERFORMANCE
WITH A SIMPLE LOW
oil MAINTENANCE DESIGN
1" ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
323 ELECTRIC PBI
THROTTLING NYLON VALVE
■ Durable, glass reinforced nylon construction provides
superb hydraulic performance.
■ Large internal water passage with no moving parts in
the flow path prevents clogging.
■ Built-in 2-Way Solenoid with low power requirement
for ease of operation and reliability.
■ Simple installation either vertically or horizontally.
■ High resistance to corrosive water containing fertilizer
and chemicals.
■ Standard with a flow control (throttling) handle.
10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200
FLOW (GPM)
LIGHT BROWN AREA INDICATES RECOMMENDED OPERATING RANGE.
SIZE GPM
1" 1-50
1 -125
2- 1 -176
323 1 - 264
SIZE LENGTH HEIGHT WEIGHT
1"' 1 4 7/8"' 1 4 7/8"' I .5 LBS.
1 1/2"" 7 3/8"' 2.0 LBS.
7 7/8" 2.2 LBS.
323 1 9 1/4" 6 5/8" 3.1 LBS.
APPLICATIONS
■ Small agricultural irrigation zones
■ Greenhouse and nursery irrigation
■ Cooling systems
■ Ultra high flow or low flow capacity
irrigation systems
SPECIFICATIONS
■ Available Sizes: 1", 1 1/2", 2" and 323
■ Maximum Working Pressure:
1"-115psi and 2"to323-150psi
■ Maximum Water Temperature: 140' F
■ Connections: Female Threaded NPT
■ Electrical Specifications:
Voltage - Standard 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Inrush Current -29mA
Holding Current- 14mA
Allowable Voltage Variation: 10%
MATERIALS
■ Body and Bonnet: Glass Reinforced Nylon
■ Spring: Stainless Steel (AISI 302)
■ Nuts, Bolts, Washers: Stainless Steel (304)
■ Diaphragm: Natural Rubber
SIZE ITEM NUMBER
MODEL NUMBER
1" 71610-014015
61ET1PB1-BC
11/2"" 71610-014040
61ET1.5PB12-BC
2- 71610-014507
61ET2PB12-BC
323 71610-015202
61ET323PB12-BC
SOLD IN CASE QUANTITIES AND
24VAC ONLY
I" CASE QUANTITY = 20
1 1/2" AND 2" CASE QUANTITY
= 8
323 CASE QUANTITY = 4
'NE TA FIM TIM
GROW MORE WITH LESS
NETAFIM USA
5470 E. Home Ave.
Fresno, CA 93727
CS 888 638 2346
www.netatimusa.com
A070 10113

QCEOFLOW
SUBSURFACE DRIP
Description
The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield
to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen
direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy
self cleaning.
Features
4
- Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflow's Vortex filter
depends on a simple forward flush to self clean.
Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle
plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A
centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber,
throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity
moves the debris down the screen wall to the flush
outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter.
- It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few
moving parts.
- Can be plumbed to self clean periodically
with electronically activated solenoid valves
(recommended), or continuously with slightly
opened ball valves.
- Sturdy stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite
wastewater applications. A sinteringprocess in which
three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed
into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh.
- Body is a two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal.
Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant
glass reinforced plastic.
Vortex Screen Filter
1" Vortex Filter
Width
1.5" and 2" Vortex
Height
IF
Item Number
Size I Max.
(MPT) Flow rate
(GPM)
Filtration
(mesh)
Max.
Pressure
(psi) (ft.)
Width
Height
Flush Area of
Port Filtration
(MPT) (inches')
AP4E-75F
3/4"
10
150
80
185
6.0"
6.0"
3/4"
23.4
AP4E-IF
1"
20
150
80
185
6.5"
1 7.0"
3/4"
28.4
AP4E-1.5F
1.5"
45
150
100
231
12"
j 15.5"
j 3/4"
60.8
AP4E-2F
2.0"
70
150
80
185
12"
16.0"
3/4"
60.8
AP4E-75F 3/4inch Vortex Filter has been discontinued. Please use a larger filter for onsite wastewater
applications. Replacement parts are still available.
150 mesh = 100 micron
When in doubt, it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area.
Geoflow, Inc. Tel [phone] Fax [phone] www.geoflow.com
Product Sheets-2011 Filter VortexScreen12H27.indd
for the
Genuine
Geoflow
stamp of 6
quality

(FT) (PSI)
U)
m 27.7 12
L
Q
M
m 18.5 8
L
m
9.2 4
3/4" Vortex Screen Filter
00�
3/1" Vcrlex Filter
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Flow - GPM
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe
thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include
an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen
is all stainless steel, providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 3/4"
filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-75E
1 " Vortex Screen Filter
(FT.) (PSI)
34.7 15
a�
a
23.1 10
a�
=o
0 11.6 5
0 0 1" V rtex Filter
5 10 15 20 25
Flow (gpm)
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread
(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an
O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1" filter
shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-1E

Fence Detail

35'x48" CCA
Treated Post
3.5%6.5' CCA
Treated Post
0.° Staple
fyiisted double
brace Wire
/p re of Pu��
3rd•
� 12,5 Gauge
am' q0 Aluminized Steel
Fence Wire
Ground surface
3.5%6.5' CCA
Treated Post HORIZONTAL LINE/END DETAIL
Tyrist stick
7UU�Notch
and/or
spike/toenail
ALL BRACE & ANCHOR POSTS
NOTE: Four strands are recommended for the
perimeter fence. At a minimum, 2 strands must be
installed_ Fence Wire shall not be stapled to trees
3.5%6,5' CCA
HORIZONTAL CORNER BRACE DETAIL
Corner angle g0' or less

Appendix I
Engineering Calculations
- System Design
- Elevation Determinations
- Buoyancy Calculations
o Septic Tank, Treatment Unit, Pump Tank
- Recirculation Pump Calculations
- Working Volume Calculations
- Pollutant Loading
- Dripfield Design
o Layout, Field Flow, Pump Calculations
- Loading Rate Workbook
10
NF,�
AL
= i SE
p2458�
q(21�2o-VA

Surface Drip Design
Design Calculations
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
PIN: 170486
SEPTIC TANK SIZING
Daily Flow Estimate
Flow/Unit
# of Units Units (gpd/unit) I Flow/Day (gpd)
51
BR
1 120
600
TOTAL DAILY FLOW Q =
600 gpd
Septic Tank Volume/Size (based on maximum daily flow estimate)
For Single Family Residences Q < 600 gpd,
(per NCAC T15A:18A .1952(b)(1))
For Single Family Residences with 5 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms Min. Volume (gal)
3 or less 900
4 1000
5 1250
Daily flow = 600 gpd
Required Minimum Tank Size = 1,250 gal.
(per NCAC T15A:18A .1952(b)(2)(B))
TANK SIZE PROVIDED = 1,500 gal.
Model: TS 1500 STB Non -Traffic
RECIRCULATION TANK & POD SIZING
►an►c ana i oa vo►umeizo►ze ►pasea on maximum aa►►v now
For Single Family Residences with 6 bedrooms or less,
# Bedrooms
Daily Design
Flow
AX Units
4 or less
<480 gpd
1-AX-20 or 1-AX-20-RT
5
600 gpd
AX 25-RT
6
720 gpd
2-AX-20
Daily flow = 600 gpd
AX Unit Required = AX 25-RT
AX Unit Specified = AX 25-RT
** Recirculation tank is integral to the AX 25-RT Unit.
PUMP TANK SIZING
TANK SELECTION
Shoaf Precast MS 4,000 gallon
Non -Traffic Rated Pump Tank
Model: PT-2106

Elevation Calculations
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
PIN: 170486
Elevation Determination Sheet (All Elevations in Feet)
Septic Tank
AdvanTex RT Pod
Pump Tank
Drainline Invert EL at house (assumed)
358.50 ft
Pipe Length from ST outlet
9.00 ft
Pipe Slope to Pump Tank
1.00
Pipe Length to Septic Tank
30.00 ft
Pipe Slope from ST to Pod
1.66 %
Pipe Length
15.00 ft
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank
7.22 %
Ground Surface at Pod
358.00 ft
Elevation at Inlet Invert
354.74 ft
Ground Surface at Septic Tank
358.25 ft
Exposed Height of Pod
2.0 in
Distance to Inlet Invert From Exterior Top (Located in Inlet Riser)
3.0 in
Cover over Septic Tank
12.0 in
0.17 ft
0.25 ft
1.00 ft
Elevation at top of Pod
358.17 ft
Elevation at top of Pump Tank
354.49 ft
Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior)
357.25 ft
Extension Collar Height
0 in
Ground Surface at Pump Tank
357.25 ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top
0.92 ft
0.000 ft
Cover over Pump Tank
33.1 in
Elevation at Inlet invert
356.33 ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top
2.15 ft
2.76 ft
Distance to Outlet invert from Top
1.08 ft
Elevation at Inlet invert
356.02 ft
External Tank Height
8.67 ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
356.17 ft
Distance to Outlet Invert from top
3.27 ft
Exterior Bottom of Tank EL
345.83 ft
External Height of Septic Tank
5.83 ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
354.89 ft
Tank Bottom Thickness
4.0 in
External Bottom of Tank Elevation
351.42 ft
Height of Pod
72.0 in
Elevation at Tank Floor
346.16 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6.0 in
(with Extension)
6.00 ft
Elevation at pump (-6" offfloor)
346.66 ft
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
350.92 ft
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
352.17 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6.0 in
Pod Bottom Thickness
0.21 in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
345.33 ft
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
352.18 ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6.0 in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
351.67 ft
Riser Heights (approx)
AdvanTex RT Pod Float Settings
Pump Tank Float Settings
Septic Tank 1.5 ft
Height from
Height from
18 in
Elev. (ft) Tank Floor (in)
Elev. (ft) Tank Floor (in)
Pump Tank 3.3 ft
Low Water/Redundant Off
354.52 28
Low Water/Redundant Off
347.66 18
39 in
Pump Override
355.60 41
Timer Enable
348.33 26
High Water Alarm
355.73 42.5
Peak Enable/High Water Alarm
352.49 76

Septic Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
PIN: 170486
Tank Size (nominal) = 1,500 gallons
■
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft"3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 1.00 ft. (minimum)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
l anK ulmenslons (rrom su ller):
Exterior
Interior
Length =
10.50 ft.
10.00 ft.
Width =
5.50 ft.
5.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
5.83 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
0 in.
0.00 ft.
Area of Riser Openings =
6.28 ft"2
Tank Weight est. =
13,000 lb.
based on manufacturer
rsuo anc rorce uaicuiauon.
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 21,021 Ib.
Weiaht Calculation
Tank Weight = 13,000 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 0 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 4,015 Ib
Soil Tension Force = 5,258 Ib
Total Weight = 22,272 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

AdvanTex RT Pod Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
PIN: 170486
RT Model = AX25 Gravity
All calculations are performed assuming completely submerged conditions, with no liquid in the unit.
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft"3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Net Beam Density = 67.55 Ib/ft"3
Net Soil Density = 67.6 Ib/ft"3
Unit Weight = 908 lb (based on manufacturer)
z:)uppiemenral banasr tvaivanon (Hnn-buoyancy beam:
Depth from top of beam to tank bottom =
3.00 in
Tank exposure length =
2.00 in
Burial depth to beam =
5.58 ft
Width of beam =
0.69 ft
8.25 in
buoyancy i-orce uaicuiat►on:
Buoyancy Force = 12,475 Ib (based on manufacturer)
Weight Calculation:
Tank Weight = 908 lb
Soil Weight on Beam = 12,780 lb
Weight of Beam = 129.2 lb
Total Weight = 13,817 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

Pump Tank Buoyancy Calculation
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
PIN: 170486
Tank Size (nominal) = 4,000 gallons
Min. liquid level to be maintained in tank at all times after initial installation.
Assume groundwater table is equal to or higher than top of tank.
(Buoyancy is the same as long as water table is higher than top of tank.)
Effluent Density = 62.4 Ib/ft^3 (Specific Weight of Water)
Concrete Density = 142.56 Ib/ft^3
Soil Cover Over Tank = 1.50 ft. (min.)
Soil Bulk Density = 1.25 (typical value)
l anK ulmenslons (rrom suppuer)
Exterior
Interior
Length =
12.50 ft.
12.00 ft.
Width =
6.50 ft.
6.00 ft.
Total Tank Depth =
8.67 ft.
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
6 in.
0.50 ft.
Area of Riser Openings =
6.28 ft^2
Tank Weight est. =
20,800 lb.
based on manufacturer
Buoyancy Force Calculation:
Buoyancy Force = Specific Weight of Water x Displaced Volume
Buoyancy Force = 43,940 Ib.
►AMe HKOF1[d►1FfWorg,
Tank Weight = 20,800 Ib
Water Weight in Tank = 2,246 Ib
Soil Weight Over Tank = 8,771 Ib
Soil Tension Force = 13,782 Ib
Total Weight = 45,600 Ib
Note: Total weight must be greater than buoyancy force
so that tank will not float during high water table conditions.

Pump Sizing/Design
Recirculation Pump Calculation
Project:
Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County:
Durham
PIN:
170486
Timer Settings
Required Doses/Day
96
Recirculation Ratio
2.5 :1
Design Flow (Q)
600 gpd
Flow to Pod
1,500 gpd
Flow to ST
396 gpd
Pump Flow
1,896 gpd
Dose Volume to Pod
15.6 gallons
# of Pumps
1
Pod Flowrate
18 gpm
Return Flowrate
4.75 gpm
Pump Flowrate
22.75 gpm
# of Cycles/day
96
Cycle Volume
19.7 gallons
Cycle Run time
0.87 min
Cycle Off Time
14.13 min
Friction Losses
Suction Head =
0 ft. (submersible = 0)
Elev. Difference (highest point from pump) =
5.00 ft.
Design Pressure At Outlet =
6.93 ft.
Line Length =
26 ft. 1.0" Schedule 40 PVC
Line Loss/100 ft =
1.53 ft/100 ft.
Friction Loss - Line =
0.40 ft.
SUB -TOTAL =
12.33 ft.
Friction Loss - Fittings 5% =
0.62 ft.
TOTAL =
12.94 ft.
Pump Efficiency = 0.7 (assumed, typical)
Motor Efficiency = 0.9 (assumed for electric pumps)
Flow = 22.75 gpm
Required Horsepower = 0.1 hp
TDH = 12.94 ft.
Pump Selection
Manufacturer: Orenco
Model: PF3005 1 1
Horsepower: 1 /2
900
B00
m
ate' 700
600
F+
500
m
Z
c� 400
cs
� 300
a
;? 200
100
0
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Operating Point

Working Volume & Storage Time Estimate
Project:
Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County:
Durham
PIN:
170486
Storage Volume
Needed: 3,000 gal.
Dose Volume = 142 gal.
Pump/Storage Tank Information
Tank Size (nominal) = 4,000 gallons
Number of Tanks = 1
Interior Dimensions:
Length =
12.00 ft.
Width =
6.00 ft.
Tank Depth =
8.00 ft. (Interior)
Permanent Liquid Depth in Tank =
18 in.
Timer Enable Float Height =
26 in.
(from pump manufacturer)
1.50 ft. (Inlet located in inlet boot or riser for UV)
Inlet Invert Height =
96 in.
HWA Height =
76 in.
(from interior Tank floor)
8.00 ft.
Working Volume & Storage Time
Gal/Inch =
43.95 gal/in
Working Volume =
3076.5 gal.
Estimated Storage Time in Tank = 5.13 days
Note: Storage time must be greater than 5 days for single family residences
or greater than/equal to the storage time required by the water balance
for commercial or community systems.
Storage calculated from Timer Enable Float to Inlet Invert

Pollutant Loading Calculation
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
PIN: 170486
Advantex Treatment System
Final
Influent
Septic Tank
Pod UV Disinfection
Concentration
Parameter
mg/I
% Removal
mg/I
% Removal mg/I % Removal
mg/I
mg/1
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
350
50%
175
94%
10 -
10
10
Total Suspended Solids
200
50%
100
90%
10 -
10
10
Ammonia Nitrogen
100
25%
75
94%
4.5 -
4.5
4.5
Nitrate Nitrogen
<1.0
0%
0
0%
28.5 -
28.5
29
Nitrite Nitrogen
<1.0
0%
0
-
<1.0 -
<1.0
1
Total Nitrogen
110
25%
82.5
60%
33 -
33
33
Total Phosphorus
20
50%
10
0%
10 -
10
10
Fecal Coliforms (cfu/100ml)
>106
106
1000000 99.999%
10
10

Surface Drip Design
Dripfield Layout
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
170486
Dripfield Sizing
Daily Design Flow 600 gpd
Loadin Rate LTAR
12.37 in/ r
rip ie Area
Re uired
0.65 ac
28,399 s qft
Dri line Spacing
3 ft
Required Dri line
9,466 ft
Surface Dripfield Layout
From SFR Loading Rate Workbook
From SFR Loading Rate Workbook
Zone #
Lateral #
Run #
Run
Length
(ft)
Lateral
Length (ft)
Zone
Length (ft)
1
1
1
89
274
2402
2
91
3
94
2
4
95
292
5
97
6
100
3
7
102
306
8
102
9
102
4
10
102
306
11
102
12
102
5
13
102
306
14
102
15
102
6
16
102
306
17
102
18
102
7
19
102
306
20
102
21
102
8
22
102
306
23
102
24
102
2
9
25
102
304
2415
26
101
27
101
10
28
99
294
29
98
30
97
11
31
96
285
32
95
33
94
12
34
93
274
35
91
36
90
13
37
89
265
38
88
39
88
14
40
87
258
41
86
42
85
15
43
85
253
44
84
45
84
16
46
83
245
47
81
48
81
17
49
80
237
50
79
51
1 78

3
18
52
76
304
2662
53
76
54
76
55
76
19
56
76
304
57
76
58
76
59
76
20
60
76
304
61
76
62
76
63
76
21
64
76
304
65
76
66
76
67
76
22
68
76
304
69
76
70
76
71
76
23
72
152
310
73
158
24
74
156
308
75
152
25
76
142
276
77
134
26
78
126
248
79
122
4
27
80
118
230
2596
81
112
28
82
130
264
83
134
29
84
133
278
85
145
30
86
76
304
87
76
88
76
89
76
31
90
76
304
91
76
92
76
93
76
32
94
76
304
95
76
96
76
97
76
33
98
76
304
99
76
100
76
101
76
34
102
76
304
103
76
104
76
105
76
35
106
76
304
107
76
108
76
109
76
Total = 10,075
Min. Required = 9,466
Blanking = 6.43%

Field Flow
Project: Hollyheghts Residence WWTS
Location: 2bD1 Hollyheghts Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
Total Field
Total quantity of effluentto be disposed per day
Hydraulic Loading Rate
Minimum Dispersal Field Area
Flow Per Zone
Number of Zones
Number of SubFields
Dosing
Dispersal area per zone
Spacing between lines
Choose spacing between emitters
Total linear ft. per zone (orsubfield)
Total number of emitters per zone
Dripline Type
600 gallons / day
0.021 gallons / sq.ft. / day
28,399 sq.ft
4 zone(s)
0 subfields
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4
7206
7245
7986
7788 sq.ft.
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00 ft
2
2
2
2ft
2402
2415
2662
2596 ft. perzone
1201
1208
1331
1298 errrtters per zone
Perc-Rite Bioline
Perc-Rite Bioline
Perc-Rite Bioline
Perc-Rite Bioline
Pressure at beginning of the dripfield
25
25
25
25 psi
Feet of Head at the beginning of dripfield
57.75
57.75
57.75
57.75 ft
Flow rate per emitter
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61 gph
Dose flow per zone (or subfield)
12.21
12.28
13.53
13.20 gpm
Min. Flushing Velocity (Normal Operation)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00 ft/sec
Min. Flushing Velocity (Maintenance Operation)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00 ft/sec
Flush flowrequired atthe end of each dripline
0.74
0.74
0.74
0.74 gpm
Length of longest dripline lateral
306
304
310
304 ft
Flowrequired to Dose longest dripline lateral
1.56
1.55
1.58
1.55 gpm
Laterals per zone
8
9
9
9 laterals
Total flowfor flushing velocity in all lines
6.15
8.29
7.31
7.37 gpm
Total flow per zone (flushing + dosing)
18.36
20.57
20.84
20.57 gpm
Number of doses per day/zone:
Timer ON. Pump run time per dose/zone:
Timer OFF. Pump off time between doses
Per Zone - Pump run time per day/zone:
All Zones - Number of doses per day / all zones
Allowtime for field to pressurize
Filter flush timer
Drain tirrer
Field flush timer
Field flush counter
Time required to complete all functions per day
Dose volume per zone
0.90 doses
1301 min sec
626 hr:min
011 hr:min
3.60 doses / day
00030 hr:min :sec
00020 hr:min :sec
00500 hr:min :sec
001:00 hr:min :sec
10 cycles
1:11 hr:min
159 160
176 172 gallons per dose
Length of Draining Supply Line
60
140
50
150 ft
Volume
2.59
6.05
2.16
6.48 gallons
Length of Draining Supply Feeder Lines
200
200
200
200 ft
Volume
2.96
2.96
2.96
2.96 gallons
Length of Draining Return Line
1
1
1
1 ft
Volume
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04 gallons
Length of Draining Return Feeder Lines
200
200
200
200 ft
Volume
2.96
2.96
2.96
2.96 gallons
Volume in dripline / zone
29.65
29.81
32.86
32.04 gallons
Total Recharge Volume
157
161
172
173 gallons
Note: Zones/Subfdds are analyzed individually. The more extreme demands are used for pump selection

Pump Sizing Zone 1
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
Field Flow Summary
Number of Zones
Flow Required to dose field
Flow required to flush field
Flow required to dose & flush field
Losses through Return Line
Select Flush Line Diameter
Length of return line
Equivalent length of fittings
Elevation Change
Pressure loss in 100 ft of Common Return pipe
Return Feeder Line Diameter
Length of Return Feeder Line Along Dripfield
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Return Feeder pipe
Total pressure loss from end of dripline backto tank
Minimum Pressure Specified Returning to Tank
Losses through Dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline
Loss through dripline during dose/flush
Min. Pressure Required at Beginning of Dripfield
Calculated Pressure
Specified Pressure (from Field Flow Wksht)
Losses through Headworks
Recommended Filter (Vortex Screen Filter)
Selected Filter
Filter Pressure Loss
Recommended Zone Valve (Electric Solenoid)
Selected Zone Valve
Zone Valve Pressure Loss
Recommended Flow Meter (Master Meter Multi -Jet)
Selected Flow Meter
Flow Meter Pressure Loss
Other Pressure Losses
Total loss through Headworks components
4 zones
12.21 gpm
6.15 gpm
18.36 gpm
Flushing Condition
ft.(psi)
1"
50
5
4.0
2.81
1.22
1/2"
75
0.81
0.35
6.22
2.69
4.62
2.0
306
16.17
35.48
56.27
24.36
57.75
25.00
1"
0
0
0.0
0.0 0.0
1/2"
0.0
0.00
0.00 0.0
0.0 0.0
306
16.17 7.00
11.00 4.76
AP4E-1F
AP4E-1.5F
1in Screen Filter 0-20gpm
3.88 1 1.68
2.68
1.16
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
4.16 1 1.80
2.00
0.86
5/8" Meter
3/4" Meter
8.30
3.60
3.57
1.55
0
16.34
0
7.07
0
8.25
0
3.57
Losses through Supply Line
Field Supply Line Diameter
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
Length of Supply Line from PT to Start of Dripfield
60
60
Length of Supply Line Along Zone
2
2
Equivalent length of fittings
6.2
6.2
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Pipe
2.56
1.11
1.20
0.52
Supply Feeder Line Diameter
1/2"
1/2"
Length of Supply Feeder Line Along Dripfield
75
75
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Feeder Pipe
6.15
2.66
2.89
1.25
Elevation Change (Pump to tank outlet)
7
7
Elevation Change (Tank outletto Start of Dripfield)
0
0
Elevation Change (Along Dripfield)
0
0
Total Supply Line Head Loss from Pump to Field
13.82
5.98
9.99
4.32
Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 87.9 ft 45.4 ft
PumD Capacity - Flow Rate 18.4 aom 12.2 aom
Pressure Regulator (Dosing Condition)
Total Dynamic Head Loss (from PT to Start of Field) 16.05 ft
TDH of Selected Pump at Dose Flow -ft
TDH at Start of Field 128.95 ft
= 55.82 psi
Is Pressure Regulator Required? NO
Required Pressure Regulator Size - inch
*Note: TDH at pressure regulator (start of field) under dosing conditions must be
less than orequal to maximum inlet regulator pressure

Pump Sizing Zone 2
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
Field Flow Summary
Number of Zones
Flow Required to dose field
Flow required to flush field
Flow required to dose & flush field
Losses through Return Line
Select Flush Line Diameter
Length of return line
Equivalent length of fittings
Elevation Change
Pressure loss in 100 ft of Common Return pipe
Return Feeder Line Diameter
Length of Return Feeder Line Along Dripfield
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Return Feeder pipe
Total pressure loss from end of dripline backto tank
Minimum Pressure Specified Returning to Tank
Losses through Dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline
Loss through dripline during dose/flush
Min. Pressure Required at Beginning of Dripfield
Calculated Pressure
Specified Pressure (from Field Flow Wksht)
Losses through Headworks
Recommended Filter (Vortex Screen Filter)
Selected Filter
Fitter Pressure Loss
Recommended Zone Valve (Electric Solenoid)
Selected Zone Valve
Zone Valve Pressure Loss
Recommended Flow Meter (Master Meter Multi -Jet)
Selected Flow Meter
Flow Meter Pressure Loss
Other Pressure Losses
Total loss through Headworks components
Losses through Supply Line
Field Supply Line Diameter
Length of Supply Line from PT to Start of Dripfield
Length of Supply Line Along Dripfield
Equivalent length of fittings
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Pipe
Supply Feeder Line Diameter
Length of Supply Feeder Line Along Dripfield
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Feeder Pipe
Elevation Change (Pump to tank outlet)
Elevation Change (Tank outletto Start of Dripfield)
Elevation Change (Along Dripfield)
Total Supply Line Head Loss from Pump to Field
4 zones
12.28 gpm
8.29 gpm
20.57 gpm
Flushing Condition
ft.(psi)
13M
13
8.5
4.89
2.12
1/2"
0.61
1.41
16.81
7.28
4.62
304
16.17
7.00
35.02
15.16
56.45
24.44
57.75
25.00
V.
0
0
0.0
0.0 0.0
1/2"
0.0
0.00
0.00 0.0
0.0 0.0
304
16.17
10.79
26.96 1 11.67
AP4E-1.5F
1.5in Screen Filter 0-45gpm
AP4E-1.5F
4.28 1 1.85
2.70
1.17
V. Solenoid
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
5.13 1 2.22
2.02
0.87
5/8" Meter
3/4" Meter
10.47
4.53
3.61
1.56
0
0
0
19.88
8.61
8.32
3.60
1 1/2"
140
2
14.2
14.2
3.16
1.37
1.22
0.53
1/2"
95
6.10
2.64
2.92
1.26
7
0
0
18.32
7.93
11.67
5.05
Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 95.9 ft 47.0 ft
Pump Capacity - Flow Rate 20.6 qpm 12.3 qpm
Pressure Regulator (Dosing Condition)
Total Dynamic Head Loss (from PT to Start of Field) 17.20 ft
TDH of Selected Pump at Dose Flow Mom 145 ft
TDH at Start of Field 127.80 ft
= 55.33 psi
Is Pressure Regulator Required? NO
Required Pressure Regulator Size - inch
*Note: TDH at pressure regulator (start of field) under dosing conditions must be
less than orequal to maximum inlet regulator pressure

Pump Sizing Zone 3
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
Field Flow Summary
Number of Zones
Flow Required to dose field
Flow required to flush field
Flow required to dose & flush field
Losses through Return Line
Select Flush Line Diameter
Length of return line
Equivalent length of fittings
Elevation Change
Pressure loss in 100 ft of Common Return pipe
Return Feeder Line Diameter
Length of Return Feeder Line Along Dripfield
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Return Feeder pipe
Total pressure loss from end of dripline backto tank
Minimum Pressure Specified Returning to Tank
Losses through Dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline
Loss through dripline during dose/flush
Min. Pressure Required at Beginning of Dripfield
Calculated Pressure
Specified Pressure (from Field Flow Wksht)
Losses through Headworks
Recommended Filter (Vortex Screen Filter)
Selected Filter
Fitter Pressure Loss
Recommended Zone Valve (Electric Solenoid)
Selected Zone Valve
Zone Valve Pressure Loss
Recommended Flow Meter (Master Meter Multi -Jet)
Selected Flow Meter
Flow Meter Pressure Loss
Other Pressure Losses
Total loss through Headworks components
Losses through Supply Line
Field Supply Line Diameter
Length of Supply Line from PT to Start of Dripfield
Length of Supply Line Along Dripfield
Equivalent length of fittings
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Pipe
Supply Feeder Line Diameter
Length of Supply Feeder Line Along Dripfield
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Feeder Pipe
Elevation Change (Pump to tank outlet)
Elevation Change (Tank outletto Start of Dripfield)
Elevation Change (Along Dripfield)
Total Supply Line Head Loss from Pump to Field
4 zones
13.53 gpm
7.31 gpm
20.84 gpm
Flushing Condition
ft.(psi)
11
11
6.5
3.87
1.68
1.12
0.48
11.80
5.11
4.62
310
16.17
7.00
36.45
15.78
57.24
24.78
57.75
25.00
V.
0
0
0.0
0.0 0.0
1/2"
0.0
0.00
0.00 0.0
0.0 0.0
310
16.17
11.41
27.58 1 11.94
AP4E-1.5F
1.5in Screen Filter 0-45gpm
AP4E-1.5F
4.33 1 1.88
2.95
1.28
V. Solenoid
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
5.25 1 2.27
2.40
1.04
5/8" Meter
5/8" Meter
21.16
9.16
8.70
3.77
0
0
0
0
30.75
13.31
14.05
6.08
1 1/2"
115
2
11.7
11.7
3.24
1.40
1.46
0.63
1/2"
50
6.25
2.71
3.49
1.51
7
0
0
14.61
6.33
10.62
4.60
Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 103.1 ft 52.2 ft
Pump Capacity - Flow Rate 20.8 qpm 13.5 qpm
Pressure Regulator (Dosing Condition)
Total Dynamic Head Loss (from PT to Start of Field) 22.89 ft
TDH of Selected Pump at Dose Flow Mom 145 ft
TDH at Start of Field 122.11 ft
= 52.86 psi
Is Pressure Regulator Required? NO
Required Pressure Regulator Size - inch
*Note: TDH at pressure regulator (start of field) under dosing conditions must be
less than orequal to maximum inlet regulator pressure

Pump Sizing Zone 4
Project: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location: 2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
County: Durham
Field Flow Summary
Number of Zones
Flow Required to dose field
Flow required to flush field
Flow required to dose & flush field
Losses through Return Line
Select Flush Line Diameter
Length of return line
Equivalent length of fittings
Elevation Change
Pressure loss in 100 ft of Common Return pipe
Return Feeder Line Diameter
Length of Return Feeder Line Along Dripfield
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Return Feeder pipe
Total pressure loss from end of dripline backto tank
Minimum Pressure Specified Returning to Tank
Losses through Dripline
Length of longest dripline lateral
Minimum dosing pressure required at end of dripline
Loss through dripline during dose/flush
Min. Pressure Required at Beginning of Dripfield
Calculated Pressure
Specified Pressure (from Field Flow Wksht)
Losses through Headworks
Recommended Filter (Vortex Screen Filter)
Selected Filter
Fitter Pressure Loss
Recommended Zone Valve (Electric Solenoid)
Selected Zone Valve
Zone Valve Pressure Loss
Recommended Flow Meter (Master Meter Multi -Jet)
Selected Flow Meter
Flow Meter Pressure Loss
Other Pressure Losses
Total loss through Headworks components
Losses through Supply Line
Field Supply Line Diameter
Length of Supply Line from PT to Start of Dripfield
Length of Supply Line Along Dripfield
Equivalent length of fittings
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Pipe
Supply Feeder Line Diameter
Length of Supply Feeder Line Along Dripfield
Pressure Loss in 100 ft. of Zone Supply Feeder Pipe
Elevation Change (Pump to tank outlet)
Elevation Change (Tank outletto Start of Dripfield)
Elevation Change (Along Dripfield)
Total Supply Line Head Loss from Pump to Field
4 zones
13.20 gpm
7.37 gpm
20.57 gpm
Flushing Condition
ft.(psi)
13
14
8.5
3.93
1.70
1/2"
45
1.13
0.49
14.90
6.45
4.62
MOPW
304
16.17
7.00
35.02
15.16
55.81
24.16
57.75
25.00
V.
0
0
0.0
0.0 0.0
1/2"
0.0
0.00
0.00 0.0
0.0 0.0
304
16.17
10.79
26.96 1 11.67
AP4E-1.5F
1.5in Screen Filter 0-45gpm
AP4E-1.5F
4.28 1 1.85
2.88
1.25
V. Solenoid
1" Solenoid
1" Solenoid
5.13 1 2.22
2.29
0.99
5/8" Meter
3/4" Meter
10.47
4.53
4.20
1.82
0
0
0
19.88
8.61
9.37
4.06
1 1/2"
140
2
14.2
14.2
3.16
1.37
1.39
0.60
1/2"
40
6.10
2.64
3.33
1.44
7
0
0
14.63
6.33
10.51
4.55
Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 92.3 ft 46.8 ft
Pump Capacity - Flow Rate 20.6 qpm 13.2 qpm
Pressure Regulator (Dosing Condition)
Total Dynamic Head Loss (from PT to Start of Field)
18.51 ft
TDH of Selected Pump at Dose Flow
eft
TDH at Start of Field
126.49 ft
= 54.76 psi
Is Pressure Regulator Required?
NO
Required Pressure Regulator Size
- inch
*Note: TDH at pressure regulator (start of field) under dosing conditions must be
less than orequal to maximum inlet regulator pressure

Pump Selection
Project:
Location:
County:
IRRIGATION PUMP SIZING
Pump Selection
Hollyheights Residence WWTS
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham NC 27704
Durham
Manufacturer: Orenco
Model: PF 2005 1 1
Horsepower: 0.50
Pump Operating Points (from drip spreadsheet)
Operating Conditions TDH (ft.) Flow (gpm) Legend
Dose Flow (Required) 45.4 12.2 (minimum conditions)
Dose Flow (Actual) 145.0 12.2 (dose flow on pump curve)
Flush Flow 95.9 20.8 (Flush Velocity, max conditions)
400
350
Q]
Qi
cz 300
250
Im
cc
200
150
100
50
OMENS
rMWMEN
■■■
E1E1==ME
0L
0
I
PF20 Series. 60 Fez, 0.5 - 1.5 hp
5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
a.,

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Facility Address: 2501 Hollyheights Ave
Durham, NC
Durham Co Parcel ID: 170486
County: Durham
Prepared by: Chris McGee
Project Design Flow = 600 gal/day
# of Bedrooms
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
6 bedrooms
720 gal/day
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location of Temperature Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
Site Latitude (degrees) 36.02 within range
Calculated PET: 31.85 inches
Mean Monthly
Temperature
(degrees F)
Daylight
Hours 112
Heat Index
Calculated
PET
(inches)
January
41.6
0.86
1.10
0.36
February
44.6
0.85
1.67
0.54
March
51.6
1.03
3.25
1.33
April
60.5
1.09
5.73
2.55
May
66.6
1.22
7.69
3.88
June
76.5
1.22
11.23
5.78
July
64.9
1.24
7.11
3.63
August
78.5
1.16
12.01
5.93
September
72.3
1.03
9.67
4.18
October
61.4
0.97
6.01
2.38
November
47.8
0.85
2.35
0.78
December
44.3
0.84
1.61
0.52
Total =
69.43
31.85
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Location of Precipitation Data: Raleigh Ap (317069)
Starting Year of Data Record: 1991
Ending Year of Data Record: 2020
Period of Record (years): 30
Source of Data: State Climate Office of North Carolina
80th Percentile Annual Precipitation: 50.34
Total =
Mean
Monthly
Precipitation
% of Mean
Annual
Precipitation
80th
Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
3.42
7.80
3.92
2.78
6.32
3.18
4.10
9.33
4.70
3.53
8.03
4.04
3.38
7.69
3.87
3.70
8.43
4.24
4.88
11.10
5.59
4.23
9.62
4.84
4.27
9.73
4.90
2.93
6.68
3.36
3.32
7.56
3.81
3.39
7.72
3.89
43.92
100.00
50.34
SFR-LRW 9-08

Project Name: Hollyheights Residence WWTS
Annual Hydraulic
Design Flow = 600 gal/day Loading Rate =
SFR Loading Rate Group: C
Limiting Soil Ksat = 0.029 inch/hour Irrigation Area =
Drainage Coefficient = 0.100 =
12.37 inch/yr
28,393 square ft
0.65180 acres
Drainage Rate = 0.0696 inchiday (Formula: Ksat ' Drainage Coefficient ' 24)
Number of
Days in the
Month
PET
(inlmo)
Vertical
Drainage
(inlmo)
80th Percentile
Monthly
Precipitation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(inlmo)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsiday)
Maximum
Allowable
Irrigation
(gallonsimonth)
January
31
0.36
2.16
3.92
0.00
0
0
February
28
0.54
1.95
3.18
0.00
0
0
March
31
1.33
2.16
4.70
0.00
0
0
April
30
2.55
2.09
4.04
0.60
355
10,639
May
31
3.88
2.16
3.87
2.16
1,234
38,248
June
30
5.78
2.09
4.24
3.63
2,139
64,179
July
31
3.63
2.16
5.59
0.20
113
3,497
August
31
5.93
2.16
4.84
3.24
1,852
57,401
September
30
4.18
2.09
4.90
1.37
807
24,223
October
31
2.38
2.16
3.36
1.18
671
20,813
November
30
0.78
2.09
3.81
0.00
0
0
December
31
0.52
2.16
3.89
0.00
0
0
TOTAL = 365 31.85 25.40 50.34
Formulas: (Max. Allowable Irrigation) = (PET) + (Drainage) - (Precipitation)
SFR Loading Rate
Table
SFR
Maximum Annual
Geometric Mean
Loading
Loading Rate
Ksat Range
Rate
(in/yr)
(in/hr)
Group
Low - High
Low - High
SFR-A
26.0 - 50.0
>0.05
SFR-B
19.5 - 26.0
0.015 - 0.05
SFR-C
13.0 - 19.5
0.003 - 0.015
SFR-D
0.0 - 13.0
0.0 - 0.003
Assignment to a SFR Loading Rate Group for each 15A NCAC 02T .0600
permit application shall be determined by the geometric mean of insitu
saturated hydrualic conductivity data collected in the most restrictive
horizon for each soil mapping unit within the irrigation area.
12.37 7171.01 219,000
Required Flow
2 bedrooms
240 gal/day
87,600 gal/yr
3 bedrooms
360 gal/day
131,400 gal/yr
4 bedrooms
480 gal/day
175,200 gal/yr
5 bedrooms
600 gal/day
219,000 gal/yr
6 bedrooms
1 720 gal/day
1 262,800 gal/yr
Maximum allowable
irrigation: 219,000 gal/yr
The Maximum Allowable Irrigation number must be
greater than or equal to the required flow.
SFR-LRW 9-08

Appendix J
Site Map
500' Radius

Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Escobar—Hollyheights WWTS
Surface Drip
Owner Information:
Justo Escobar
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
919-672-5432
[e-mail]
Property Information:
2501 Hollyheights Drive
Durham, NC 27704
Durham County
PIN: 0852-97-97-2760
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Site Vap
DRAWN BY:
CREATED ON:
J. BANKS
03.31.2023
REVISED BY:
REVISED ON:
J. BANKS
02.23.2024
RELEASED BY:
RELEASED ON:
K. DAVIDSON
—
SHEET NAME:
\V W-11
Scaled for 24"x36" Sheet

Appendix K
Operation and Maintenance Plan

z ly_�
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. Basic System Operating Instructions
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203 y p g
Apex, North Carolina 27502 for
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com Surface Drip
Wastewater Treatment Systems
These operating instructions are intended as general guidelines and should not be
interpreted as a complete and detailed explanation of how to operate this irrigation
system. Please note that these instructions are intended as a supplement to the permit
issued by the N.C. Department of Environment and Natural Resources Non -Discharge
Permitting Unit. As a result, any requirements or items noted in the permit document
supercede any recommendations noted in these instructions.
If you are unsure of how to operate the system, please contact a licensed contractor or
professional who can assist you with the operation of your system. Record the name and
contact information of an individual familiar with the operation of this system, along with
an emergency contact in the event immediate assistance is necessary.
CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFO.:
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFO. (if different from above):
1

General Maintenance Considerations
This wastewater irrigation system has been designed to operate with minimum
maintenance and oversight after the initial system start-up period. However, routine
inspections are necessary and periodic maintenance WILL BE REQUIRED both by your
permit and for successful operation of the system.
No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the treatment units,
tank areas, or irrigation field.
SEPTIC / RECIRCULATION TANK:
The septic / recirculation tank in this system operates exactly as a septic tank associated
with a conventional septic drainfield system. The purpose of the septic tank is to remove
particles and solids from the waste stream. As a result, solids build up in the bottom of
the tank (just like a typical septic tank). Over time the solids will need to be removed
from the tank or clogging of the sand filter or pipelines may occur. In general, it is
recommended that solids be pumped from the septic tank every 3 — 5 years (depending on
how intense the usage). Private septic tank pumping contractors can do this and are
typically easily found in the white or yellow pages of the phone book or on the internet.
The recirculation portion of the tank allows for wastewater to be contained and
periodically pumped to the AdvanTex filter. A pump vault that houses a filter and the
recirculation pump are located in the tank. Depending on the water level in the tank,
treated effluent from the AdvanTex filter returns to this tank.
Maintenance Schedule:
The effluent filter in the septic tank (attached to the outflow pipe) should be cleaned at
least every 6 months or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent
(see the manufacturer's guide on how to do this) and the tank solids should be checked
annually.
A contractor or septic system professional can clean the septic tank filter for you;
however, this task can be performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge.
Remove the septic tank lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded
or snap into place). Be sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater
since it could contain harmful bacteria or viruses. To clean the filter, use a garden hose
with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter back into the inlet side of the septic
tank. Once the filter is clean, place it back in the septic tank. Discard or disinfect the
plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2 cup Clorox or equivalent to 1-gallon
water). Replace the septic tank lid.
ADVANTEX FILTER:
The treatment component of the system is an AdvanTex media filter. Liquid from the
septic tank will flow into the pod and periodically be pumped across the filter fabric.
2

Wastewater will be treated in the pod and periodically be discharged. To prevent
groundwater from affecting the pod, the pod will be installed on a bed of gravel with a
concrete collar.
Effluent from the system should be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If
no parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total
Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological Oxygen Demand (BODS), Total Nitrogen (TN),
Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform. If desired AWT can assist you in
collecting these samples (919-859-0669) and interpretation the results.
Maintenance Schedule:
Maintenance of this system will be conducted by a certified operator under contract with
the homeowner.
DISINFECTION — UV:
Disinfection for the system will be accomplished using a UV system. The UV light
should operate for at least one year prior to needing to be replaced. If the UV light burns
out an alarm will notify the operator. Also, the alarm light on the control panel will
illuminate. When the UV alarm is activated, the system will shut off the recirculation
pump and the system will cease to operate until the UV bulb is replaced.
Maintenance Schedule:
The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel)
is not illuminated. The UV bulb should be cleaned on a 6-month interval. To clean the
bulb, the power to the system (UV bulb and pumps) should be turned off in the control
panel. The UV housing can then be removed using the attached handle. Once the UV
housing is clear of the riser, the quartz sleeve and bulb assembly can be removed from
the housing. While holding the base of the assembly, the quartz sleeve shall be wiped
with a clean paper towel. If scaling on the sleeve is noticed, a liquid cleaner such as CLR
can be utilized. The sleeve and bulb assembly shall be re -installed after cleaning. The
UV bulb should last in excess of one year but will be replaced as needed. It is
recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain a back-up UV bulb
and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service will be completed by
the engaged certified operator.
PUMPING SYSTEM, RAIN SENSOR & ALARMS:
The pump used for this system is a submersible pump that turns off and on based on
switches inside the pump tank. These switches toggle the pump timer on and off
depending on the effluent level inside the tank. The switches are designed such that the
pump will turn on, run for a set period of time, then shut off under normal operating
circumstances. When it has been raining, a rain sensor overrides this normal operation so
that effluent is not applied when the soil is saturated. Therefore, effluent is allowed to
build-up in the pump tank until it is dry enough to apply again. After a rainfall event, you
may notice that the pump operates more frequently. This is normal and should be
expected.
3

The pump is also equipped with a HIGH WATER alarm that activates when the liquid
level in the pump tank is too high. If this should occur it is important to not use any
additional water (i.e. don't flush commodes, use the washer/dishwater, take showers, etc.)
until the liquid level is reduced. In extreme cases it may be necessary to contract a septic
tank pumping contractor to pump out excess liquid from the pump tank if long periods of
rain prevent land application of effluent.
The pump will wear over time and will likely need replacement every 5 — 7 years (again,
depending on usage). A licensed septic contractor should be contacted for maintenance
or replacement of the pump.
Maintenance Schedule:
The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb
(on control panel) is not illuminated. It is important to inspect the pump tank, and
components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up on the tank bottom, to
ensure that the pump control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping
of the effluent. These activities will be handled by the engaged service provider.
SUPPLY LINE TO DRIPFIELD:
The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage
has not occurred. The area in which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet
spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these occurrences may be an
indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations
of the Supply and Return lines. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over
the Supply and Return lines.
Maintenance Schedule:
Walk location of lines weekly.
DRIP FIELD:
The drip field should be inspected weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure
driplines have not become damaged. Clogged or worn drip tubing should be replaced or,
in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No heavy vehicles or equipment should
be driven over the irrigation area.
Fill placed in the irrigation area shall be monitored for signs of required maintenance
throughout the life of the drip field. The crown shall be maintained on the dripfield such
that water is shed away from the surface of the dripfield. Any rills or gullies that form in
the dripfield shall be filled and smoothed to match the surrounding topography. Low
spots that form or areas where water is ponding shall be filled to provide adequate
drainage throughout the dripfield. Areas where significant settling has occurred may also
require additional fill to maintain the required 12" separation from the SHWT. Any
additional fill should be placed beneath the drip tubing, which will require the tubing to
be temporarily relocated until the fill activities are completed. Areas of fill should be
0

mounded with an additional 2" of fill to allow for settling. Any fill used shall meet the
characteristics defined in the approved design.
Vegetation (grass for this system) in the application area is critical to the operation of the
treatment system. The application area should be allowed to remain in a natural state;
however, the area should be kept free of fallen trees and invasive weeds. Any saplings or
stumps that re -grow should also be removed from the application area by hand and
without damaging the drip components. The turf should be cut occasionally to keep the
turf at a manageable height. Cutting should be performed using a trimmer, scythe, or
other method that will not damage the drip tubing. Wheeled or tracked equipment should
not be used. A soil sample should be collected from the drip field area to determine
appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.
It is important to maintain the fencing around the application field in order to ensure that
access to the area is restricted. This is necessary to minimize human contact with the
treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation remains healthy.
SYSTEM OPERATION & SETTINGS
It should be noted that a contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if
you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating this system or if system
troubleshooting is necessary. In general, the following system operating parameters
should be monitored:
Clean -outs
A clean -out is located on the system just before the septic tank. If liquid backs up into
the house or the septic tank, the drainline may be clogged or the septic tank may have too
many solids in it to allow adequate flow through. A qualified contractor should be
contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the septic tank.
Septic Tank Effluent Filter Cleaning
The effluent filter attached to the outlet pipe of the septic tank should be cleaned every 6-
months, or per manufacturer's recommendations, whichever is more frequent. A
contractor or septic system professional can do this for you; however, this task can be
performed relatively easily and requires no special knowledge. Remove the septic tank
lid and remove the effluent filter (typically the filters are threaded or snap into place). Be
sure to use plastic gloves to avoid contact with the wastewater since it could contain
harmful bacteria or viruses. Depending on the filter housing, you may need to prevent
flow from leaving the tank while the filter is removed. To clean the filter, use a garden
hose with a nozzle and spray off any debris from the filter. Once the filter is clean, place
it back in the septic tank. Disinfect the plastic gloves using a mild bleach solution (1/2
cup Clorox or equivalent to 1-gallon water). Replace the septic tank lid.
5

Pump ON/OFF and Emergency HIGH Level Switches
The pump switches are used to control the operation of the pump. This system is
designed such that the pump is on for designated intervals set forth in the design
specifications. The pump operation is a timed dosing setup. When there is sufficient
liquid in the tank, the pump will operate at a specific time for a designated interval. In
periods of high water (following a rain event), the pump may operate more frequently.
An emergency high level switch is located in the pump tank that triggers an audible and
visual alarm in the event the liquid level gets too high. In this situation, the following
steps should be taken:
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed)
If it has rained recently the pump may not be operating because the rain sensor is
temporarily blocking the system from operating. If this is the case, then the pump will
resume operation once it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger of overflowing and
continued rainfall is expected, contact a septic tank pump contractor to remove a portion
of the liquid in the pump tank. The pump tank has been designed to accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under normal usage. As a result, prolonged
periods of rain may cause a back-up of effluent in the system since the rain sensor
prevents application of effluent onto the drip field.
In general, a contractor or licensed professional should be contacted under any
circumstances where you are uncomfortable in operating the system or troubleshooting a
problem. More detailed information on the installation and maintenance of specific
components of this system can be found in the manufacturer's installation and
maintenance specifications attached as part of this package. If you have difficulty finding
this information, please contact the manufacturer of the component.
31

Appendix L
Operation and Maintenance Agreement

State of North Carolina
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
DWR
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Division of Water Resources FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13
Permit No.
Property owner(s) as appearing on the recorded deed: Justo Escobar
Mailing address:
Facility address:
2501 Hollyheights Avenue, Durham, NC 27704
2501 Hollyheights Avenue, Durham, NC 27704
Irrigation Method: ❑ SPRAY ❑X DRIP
County:
Durham
I / We agree to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as follows:
1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire wastewater treatment and irrigation
system including, but not limited to, the following items:
a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed.
b. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned annually.
c. Accessible sand filter surfaces shall be raked and leveled every six months and any vegetative growth shall be
removed manually.
d. ❑ The tablet chlorinator shall be checked weekly. Wastewater grade tablets (calcium hypochlorite) shall be
added as needed to provide proper chlorination (pool chlorine tablets shall not be used), OR
❑X The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked weekly. The lamp(s) and quartz sleeve(s) shall be
cleaned or replaced as needed to ensure proper disinfection.
e. All pump and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly.
f. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to ensure that the system is free of leaks, that all irrigation
equipment is operating as designed, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or
operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no visible runoff or ponding, and
that no objectionable odors are being generated.
2. Failure to pay the annual fee shall be cause for the Division to revoke the permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(e)(3).
3. The Permittee's failure to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day.
4. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface water or groundwater regulations may void
the permit.
All owners appearing on the legally recorded property deed shall sign this Operation & Maintenance Agreement
I / We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit.
Owner Signature:
��C36C1CLL
Date: 08/09/23
Owner Signature:
Date:
FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 Page 1 of 1

Appendix M
County Health Department Denial Letter

Septic

Public Health
700 Years of Service . 1913 -2013
Re: Application for Improvement Permit
Applicant: Osvaldo Garcia
616 Hammond Street
Durham, NC 27704
Owner: Lyza & Gia Daye
108 Carey Road
Bayboro, NC 28515
Property site: 2501 Holly Heights Ave
Durham, NC 27704
Environmental Health Division file number: 275303
Dear Mr. Garcia,
The Durham County Department of Public Health, Environmental Health Division on February
131h, 2019, evaluated the above referenced property at the site designated on the plat/site
plan that accompanied your improvement permit application. According to your application
the site is to serve a four -bedroom house with a design wastewater flow of 480 gallons per
day. The evaluation was done in accordance with the laws and rules governing wastewater
systems in North Carolina General Statute 130A-333 including related statutes and Title 15A,
Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Rule .1900 and related rules.
Based on the criteria set out in Title 15A, Subchapter 18A, of the North Carolina Administrative
Code, Rule .1940 through .1948, the evaluation indicated that the site is UNSUITABLE for a
sanitary system of sewage treatment and disposal. Therefore, we must deny your request for
an Improvement Permit. A copy of the site evaluation is enclosed. The site is unsuitable based
on the following:
nsuitable soil topography and/or landscape position (Rule. 1940)
Unsuitable soil characteristics (structure or clay mineralogy) (Rule
Unsuitable soil wetness condition (Rule .1942)
Unsuitable soil depth (Rule. 1943)
resence of restrictive horizon (Rule .1944)
Insufficient space for septic system and repair area (Rule .1945)
Unsuitable for meeting required setbacks (Rule .1950)
Other (Rule .1946)
1941)
These severe soil or site limitations could cause premature system failure, leading to the
discharge of untreated sewage on the ground surface, into surface waters, directly to ground
water or inside your structure.
.�j1 CA10
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 1 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
dkp3'Imr 4 � -.
�nt3z�„ [phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov/publichealth
�° Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer

The site evaluation included consideration of possible site modifications, as well as use of
modified, innovative, or alternative systems. However, the Health Department has determined
that none of the above options will overcome the severe conditions on this site. A possible
option might be a system designed to dispose of sewage to another area of suitable soil or off -
site to additional property.
For the reasons set out above, the property is currently classified UNSUITABLE, and no
Improvement Permit shall be issued for this site in accordance with Rule .1948(c).
Note that a site classified as UNSUITABLE may be classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if
written documentation is provided that meets the requirements of Rule. I 948(d). A copy of this
rule is enclosed. You may hire a consultant to assist you if you wish to try to develop a plan under
which your site could be reclassified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE.
You have a right to an informal review of this decision. You may request an informal review by
the soil scientist or environmental health supervisor at the local health department. You may
also request an informal review by the North Carolina Department of Health and Human
Services regional soil scientist. A request for informal review must be made in writing to the local
health department.
You also have a right to a formal appeal of this decision. To pursue a formal appeal, you must
file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail
Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. To get a copy of a petition form, you may write the
Office of Administrative Hearings or call the office at [phone] or download it from the
OAH web site at http://www.ncoah.com/forms.htmi . The petition for a contested case hearing
must be filed in accordance with the provision of North Carolina General Statutes 130A-24 and
150B-23 and all other applicable provisions of Chapter 150B. N.C. General Statute 130A-335
(g) provides that your hearing would be held in the county where your property is located.
Please note. If you wish to pursue a formal appeal, you must file the petition form with the Office
of Administrative Hearings WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE OF THIS LETTER, The date of this
letter is February 21 st, 2019. Meeting the 30 day deadline is critical to your formal appeal.
If you file a petition for a contested case hearing with the Office of Administrative Hearings, you
are required by law (N.C. General Statute 150E-23) to serve a copy of your petition on the Office
of General Counsel, N.C. Department of Health and Human Services, 2001 Mail Service Center,
Raleigh, N.C. 27699-2001.
Do not serve the petition on your local health department. Sending a copy of your petition to the
local health department will not satisfy the legal requirement in N.C. General Statute 150E-23 that
you send a copy to the Office of General Counsel, N. C. Department of Health and Human
Services.
You may call or write the local health department if you need any additional information or
assistance.
Sincerely,
`-
Noelle Spence, REHS t#2550
Enclosures: Copy of site evaluation
Copy of Rule .1948

15A NCAC 18A .1948 SITE CLASSIFICATION
(a) Sites classified as SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system
consistent with these Rules. A suitable classification generally indicates soil and site conditions favorable for the
operation of a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system or have slight limitations that are readily
overcome by proper design and installation.
(b) Sites classified as PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE may be utilized for a ground absorption sewage treatment and
disposal system consistent with these Rules but have moderate limitations. Sites classified Provisionally Suitable
require some modifications and careful planning, design, and installation in order for a ground absorption sewage
treatment and disposal system to function satisfactorily.
(c) Sites classified UNSUITABLE have severe limitations for the installation and use of a properly functioning ground
absorption sewage treatment and disposal system. An improvement permit shall not be issued for a site which is
classified as UNSUITABLE. However, where a site is UNSUITABLE, it may be reclassified PROVISIONALLY
SUITABLE if a special investigation indicates that a modified or alternative system can be installed in accordance with
Rules .1956 or .1957 of this Section.
(d) A site classified as UNSUITABLE may be used for a ground absorption sewage treatment and disposal system
specifically identified in Rules .1955, .1956, or, 1957 of this Section or a system approved under Rule .1969 if written
documentation, including engineering, hydrogeologic, geologic or soil studies, indicates to the local health department
that the proposed system can be expected to function satisfactorily. Such sites shall be reclassified as
PROVISIONALLY SUITABLE if the local health department determines that the substantiating data indicate that:
(1) a ground absorption system can be installed so that the effluent will be non-pathogenic, non-infectious,
non -toxic, and non -hazardous;
(?) the effluent will not contaminate groundwater or surface water; and
(3) the effluent will not be exposed on the ground surface or be discharged to surface waters where it could
come in contact with people, animals, or vectors.
The State shall review the substantiating data if requested by the local health department.
History Note: Authority G.S. 13"-335(e);
Eff July 1, 1982;
Amended Eff.' April 1, 1993; January 1, 19W

Improvement Permit Denial N
2501 Holly Heights Rd
Noelle Spence, REHS
Not Survey Accurate.
0 50 100 200 Feet , 200
I I I I i �I I 1

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION Sheet_ ofeL
`
(Continuation Sheet -Complete all field in full} DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROPERTY ID #: �� U r,�..� ! 6
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH DATE OF EVALUATION:
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION COUNTY.
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
P
R
O
I L .194©
E LANDSCAPE
POSITION/
# SLOPE %
HORIZ
ON
DEPTH
ON.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
(•I94I)
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941 .194I
STRUCTURE/ CONSISTENCE/
TEXTURE MINERALOGY
1942
SOIL .
WETNESS/
COLOR
.1943
SOIL
I>EPTiI
.1956
SAPRO
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
�,.
L5 o
, ( d
S L l�, V1
lr
`L
r
z-4SL
z
3
S 70
15` 6
S
COMMENTS:
�-- -
VIMA=
Updated February 2014

SOIL/SITE EVALUATION
(continuation Sheet -Complete all field in full)
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION
ON -SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH
PROPERTY ID #: C}l'
DATE OF EVALUATION:
COUNTY:
P
R
O
F
`
#
.194a
LANDSCAPE
POSITION/
SL0PE %e
HORIZ
ON
DEPTH
(IN.)
SOIL MORPHOLOGY
(.1941)
OTHER
PROFILE FACTORS
PROFILE
CLASS
& LTAR
.1941
STRUCTURE/
TEXTURE
.1941
CONSISTENCE/
MINERALOGY
.1942
SOIL .
WETNESS/
COLOR
.1943
SOIL
DEPTH
.1956
SAPRO
CLASS
.1944
RESTR
HORIZ
7-- te
s c L
7
loyr
S ..7
5-
L 5 '7.
Ivyr
L 57.
1 �glv,
�z E•
goy,-1
,L 1
S
«~ tt
c c.. �;�
g�
{4 - 1
c-f
Gh
t o
F; [
{die
` N qr
-�"
Updated February 2014

Structural
Alterations and
Additions

Well

Water Test
Results

NUISANCE
COMPLAINT

Applications
& Site
Evaluations

Public Health
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH DIVISION
414 E. Main Street, Durham, NC 27701
Ph 919-560-7800 Fax [phone]
[e-mail]
8 2019
Improvement Permit and/or Authorization to Construct Application
® Improvement Permit (new construction) _Improvement Permit (repair) _Authorization to Construct
(Fee required, see page 2) (No Fees Required) (Fee required)
IF THE INFORMATION IN THE. APPLICATION FOR AN IMPROVEMENTS PERMIT IS FALSIFIED, CHANGED OR THE SITE IS
_ALTERED. THEN THE IMPROVEMENTS PERMIT AND AU7-111URIYAT)ON TO CONSTRUCT SHALL BECOME INVALID The
permit is valid for either 60 montlis or without expiration depending upon documentation submitted (Complete site plan = 60
months; complete plat = without expiration)
APPLICANT INFORMATION
<VIALI)N �'raac�ta 61 , 1aAM M au.� S4
Applicant Address Home & Work Phone
U i2 HI1(W) 5 fk r-A t_
City State 7.ip
I,* L4 Zc., a^ d C-1 I (H) .
.17�7- Address
Email address City State Zip
- -- - - - -- - -- — - - -
PROPERTY INFOIL'VIATION
h
� 25�� �}c��u<�l-It=it;ia=rc� ��c'l1._, 1�e.��.li � ►Je,Y
Street ^ Address' Subdivision Nam
` 4�. Parcel ID# "1049 iv Tax Map No Number of Acres 5 -2_5
Home & Work Phone
Section/PhaselLot#
¢XNew Single FaDEVELOPMEmily ResidenceINFORMON MaxRESIDENTIAL
n) number of bedrooms: CIFICATIONS 4
❑ Expansion of Existing System Max number of occupants: 11�_
❑ Repair to Existing Subsurface Sewage Disposal System If expansion: Current number of bedrooms:
• Is a garbage disposal planned? ❑ yes ® no
• Will there be any plumbing stubbed into unfinished areas of the house (such as an attic or basement)? ❑ yes ®no
If yes, describe location
WATER SUPPLY
j$(Jew well ❑ Existing Well ❑ Community Well ❑ Public Water
Please Indicate Desired System Type(s): (systems can be ranked in order of your preference)
® Conventional: ® Accepted (fist type ): JZL Modified Conventional (list type ):
Innovative (fist type ): _Alternative (list type _ ): _ Other (list type )
6/21 /2016
Page 1 of 2
Environmental Health Division
Human Services Building 1 414 East Main Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701
[phone] 1 Fax [phone] dconc.gov
Equal Employment/Affirmative Action Employer

The Applicant shall notify the local health department upon submittal of this application if any of the following apply to the
property in question. if the answer to any question is "yes", applicant must attach supporting documentation.
❑ yes Er no Does the site contain any existing wastewater systems?
❑ yes Z no Does the site contain any jurisdictional wetlands?
❑ yes ® no Is any wastewater going to be'generated on the site other than domestic -sewage?
❑ yes ®.no Is the site subject to approval by any other public agency?
❑ yes 9 no Are there any easements or right of ways on this property?
INSTRUCTIONS FOR APPLICATION FOR IMPROVEMENT PERMIT
For New Construction
1) Property lines and corner irons shall be marked on the lot prior to the evaluation.
2) Stake the proposed house site on the lot prior to the site evaluation.
3) Submit a copy of the surveyed and/or recorded plat showing:
a) House location - including house with garage, porch or deck if any; dimensions and distance from front
property and nearest sideline.
b) Location and dimensions of any other building or structure (storage sheds, swimming pools, ect.)
c) Any local watershed buffer setback requirements that apply to the lot.
d) Any below and /or above ground wells and underground utilities.
e) Proposed location of driveway and parking areas (including dimensions).
For Repair Permits
1) Specific property lines and comer irons may be required to be located and marked.
2) Field location may be required for.
a) Any local watershed buffer setback requirement that applies to the lot.
b) Any below and/or above ground wells and underground utilities.
c) Submit a scaled copy of the plat. if available to assist in the permitting process.
In accordance with North Carolina law, approval for construction or replacement of a septic system occurs when the Health Department issues an
Improvements Permit and a Construction Authorization. The process of obtaining these permits requires a -'Site and Soil Evaluation" by Health
Department Environmental Health Specialists in compliance with the "Laws and Rules for Sewage Treatment and Disposal Systems" (15 NCAC 18 A
.1900). Soil structure, texture, clay mineralogy, topography, landscape position, soil wetness, soil depth, restrictive horizons and available space are
among the criteria considered in this evaluation. The results of this evaluation determine whether an Improvements Permit can be issued, the number
of bedroom a house can have, and the location of the house and the well serving it.
Once the Improvements Permit is issued, the owner is protected for the duration of the permit from subsequent changes in the rules governing
septic tank systems unless alterations are made to the property which damages the area reserved for the septic tank system installation and /or the
intended use changes. If the septic system is not installed before permit expiration, the owner must re -apply for an Improvement Permit and will be
subject to any new regulatory changes that may have transpired. An Improvement Permit for which a plat is provided shall be valid without expiration
and an Improvement Permit for which a site plan is provided shall be valid for 60 months from the date of issue as provided in G.S. [130A-335(f) and
G.S. 130A-336(a).
FEES DUE AT THE TIME OF APPLICATION FOR IMPROVEMENTS PERMIT SUBMISSION:
THERE ARE NO FEES FOR A REPAIR PERMIT APPLICATION
Application for Improvement Perrot (0-2 acres) $200.00
Application for Improvement Permit (2-5 acres) $225.00
Application for Improvement Permit (5 + acres) $250.00 + $10.00/acre of fraction there of
Appeal Charge (0-2acres) $100.00
Appeal Charge (2-5acres) $125.00 -
Appeal Charge (5+ acres) $150.00 + $10.00/acre or fraction there of
* Tracts of land of any size that have been previously evaluated by a licensed soil scientist with a sealed report submitted will be charged $200.00.
Only the area specified by the consultant will be evaluated.
* Please make checks payable to Durham County Health Department, VISA AND MASTERCARD ACCEPTED
Our address is: 414 East Main Street, Durham, NC 27701 Phone [phone] Fax [phone]
I have read this application and certify that the information provided herein is true, complete and correct. Authorized county and state
officials are granted right of entry to conduct necessary inspections to determine compliance and applicable laws and rules. 1 understand that 1 am
solely responsible for the proper identification and labeling of all property lines and comers and making the site accessible so that a complete site
evaluation can be performed.
+ X
or owner's legal representative signature (required) Date

)etailed Parcels Report
Wednesday, January 2, 2019
4
`h
ro
,. ... .. ,....-...'.'...._..'Cheek Rd .".. .. ._..._. .. .. ... _.. ... ...
,17 S�
0Aa
OM"
Tax Maps are not to be used to establish boundaries and/or
size. Use for such is solely the responsibility of the user. 7%v
N
ieav
"IN 0852-02-97-8797 Parcel ID 170486
kcreage 5.24800000 Land Use VAC RES/ RURAL < 10
ACRES
)eed Book 0081-84 Deed Page 000422

subdivision HOLLY HGHTS DEV
)wner Name POWELL JASMINE
CUSTODIAN
.and Value $82,480.00
dotal Value $82,480.00
- --- - --W-
Site Address
Owner Address
Building Value
Sale Price
2501 HOLLYt EIGHTS AVE
108 CAREY RD
BAYBORO , NC 28515
$0.00
$0.00

Correspondence
Not Related to
Issued Permits

Monitoring
Reports
(most recent at bottom)

Appendix N
Floodway Regulation Compliance

National Flood Hazard Layer FI RMette *FEMA
Legend
78o48'1"W 36o1'40"N SEE FIS REPORT FOR DETAILED LEGEND AND INDEX MAP FOR FIRM PANEL LAYOUT
I.V,VVV
0 250 500 1,000 1,500 2,000
Basemap: USGS National Map: Orthoimagery: Data refreshed October, 2020
Without Base Flood Elevation (BFE)
Zone A, V, A99
SPECIAL FLOOD Wit
hBFE orDepthZoneAE,AD,AH,Ve,Aa
HAZARD AREAS Regulatory Floodway
OTHER AREAS OF
FLOOD HAZARD
0.2% Annual Chance Flood Hazard, Areas
of 1% annual chance flood with average
depth less than one foot or with drainage
areas of less than one square mile Zonex
Future Conditions 1% Annual
4 '- Chance Flood Hazard Zonex
"Area with Reduced Flood Risk due to
Levee. See Notes. Zonex
" Area with Flood Risk due to Leveezone D
NOSCREEN Area of Minimal Flood Hazard
Q Effective LOMRs
OTHER AREAS Area of Undetermined Flood Hazard
GENERAL - — - - Channel, Culvert, or Storm Sewer
STRUCTURES IIIIIII Levee, Dike, or Floodwall
e zo.z Cross Sections with 1% Annual Chance
17.5 Water Surface Elevation
a - - - Coastal Transect
—sfa— Base Flood Elevation Line (BFE)
Limit of Study
Jurisdiction Boundary
— --- Coastal Transect Baseline
OTHER
_ Profile Baseline
FEATURES
Hydrographic Feature
Digital Data Available AN
El No Digital Data Available
MAP PANELS
El Unmapped
QThe
pin displayed on the map is an approximate
point selected by the user and does not represent
an authoritative property location.
This map complies with FEMA's standards for the use of
digital flood maps if it is not void as described below.
The basemap shown complies with FEMA's basemap
accuracy standards
The flood hazard information is derived directly from the
authoritative NFHL web services provided by FEMA. This map
was exported on 12/16/2022 at 12:06 PM and does not
reflect changes or amendments subsequent to this date and
time. The NFHL and effective information may change or
become superseded by new data overtime.
This map image is void if the one or more of the following map
elements do not appear: basemap imagery, flood zone labels,
legend, scale bar, map creation date, community identifiers,
FIRM panel number, and FIRM effective date. Map images for
unmapped and unmodernized areas cannot be used for
regulatory purposes.

Appendix O
Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation

Roy Cooper, Governor
0■0■0 INC DEPARTMENT OF
■■0■o NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOURCES
■ ■■■
December 16, 2022
Julie Davidson
Agriwaste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem St.
Apex, NC 27502
RE. Escobar Justo
Dear Julie Davidson.
D_ Reid Wilson, Secretary
Misty Buchanan
Deputy Director, Natural Heritage Program
NCNHDE-20309
The North Carolina Natural Heritage Program (NCNHP) appreciates the opportunity to provide
information about natural heritage resources for the project referenced above.
Based on the project area mapped with your request, a query of the NCNHP database indicates that
there are no records for rare species, important natural communities, natural areas, and/or
conservation/managed areas within the proposed project boundary. Please note that although there
may be no documentation of natural heritage elements within the project boundary, it does not
imply or confirm their absence, the area may not have been surveyed. The results of this query
should not be substituted for field surveys where suitable habitat exists. In the event that rare
species are found within the project area, please contact the NCNHP so that we may update our
records.
The attached `Potential Occurrences' table summarizes rare species and natural communities that
have been documented within a one -mile radius of the property boundary. The proximity of these
records suggests that these natural heritage elements may potentially be present in the project area
if suitable habitat exists. Tables of natural areas and conservation/managed areas within a one -mile
radius of the project area, if any, are also included in this report.
If a Federally -listed species is found within the project area or is indicated within a one -mile radius of
the project area, the NCNHP recommends contacting the US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) for
guidance. Contact information for USFWS offices in North Carolina is found here.
httl2s //www.fws.gov/offices/Directory/ListOffices.cfm?statecode=37.
Please note that natural heritage element data are maintained for the purposes of conservation
planning, project review, and scientific research, and are not intended for use as the primary criteria
for regulatory decisions. Information provided by the NCNHP database may not be published
without prior written notification to the NCNHP, and the NCNHP must be credited as an information
source in these publications. Maps of NCNHP data may not be redistributed without permission.
The NC Natural Heritage Program may follow this letter with additional correspondence if a
Dedicated Nature Preserve, Registered Heritage Area, Land and Water Fund easement, or Federally -
listed species are documented near the project area.
If you have questions regarding the information provided in this letter or need additional assistance,
please contact Rodney A. Butler at rod ney.butlerLncdcr.gov or 919-707-8603.
Sincerely,
NC Natural Heritage Program
DEPAR71MENT OF NATURAL AND CULTURAL RESOVRCES
Q 121 W. JONES STREET. RALEIGH. NC 27603 • 1651 MAIL SERVICE CENTER. RALEIGH. NC 27699
OFC 918.707.9120 • FAX [phone]

Natural Heritage Element Occurrences, Natural Areas, and Managed Areas Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Escobar Justo
December 16, 2022
NCNHDE-20309
No Element Occurrences are Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
No Natural Areas are Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Managed Areas Documented Within a One -mile Radius of the Project Area
Managed Area Nam Owner Owner Type
City of Durham Open Space City of Durham Local Government
Triangle Greenways Council Preserve Triangle Greenways Council Private
Butner -Falls of Neuse Game Land NC Wildlife Resources Commission State
Durham County Easement Durham County Local Government
Definitions and an explanation of status designations and codes can be found at httr)s://ncnhde.natureserve.ora/heir). Data query generated on December 16, 2022; source: NCNHP, Q3, October 2022.
Please resubmit your information request if more than one year elapses before project initiation as new information is continually added to the NCNHP database.
Page 2 of 3

NCNHDE-20309: Escobar Justo
o5S
b`'2
ce``t Burton
B
Gorman
�a
0
�a
e
359 ft
�a
v a
a o
3
ree
a
c
Carpenter
Rd
Nob
378 ft
�9rn
O
Cheek Rd
s
a
o
Rocky Knoll
Ile
Rogers Rd
N
W E
N
°
° Rogers Rd
a
o
� .28 0.55
S Ava/
December 16, 2022
® Managed Area (MAREA)
Q Buffered Project Boundary
Q Project Boundary
Sources: Esn, Airbus DS, USGS, NCA, NASA, CGIAR, N Robinson, NCEAS,
NLS, OS, NMA, Geodatastyrelsen, Rijkswaterstaat, GSA, Geoland, FEMA,
Imermap and the GIS user community
Sources Esn, HERE, Garmin, FAO, NCAA, USGS, ® OpenStreetMap
contributors, and the CIS User Community
Page 3 of 3

Initial Review
Reviewer
nathaniel.thorn burg
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.) *
Yes No
If not an application what is the submittal type?* Annual Report
Residual Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Permit Number (IR) * W00044892
Applicant/Permittee Justo Julio Escobar Godinez
Email Notifications
Does this need review by the hydrogeologist? * Yes No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Please provide information on the person to be contacted by NDB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
Name* Jessi Banks
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
.........................
Application/Document Type*
New (Fee Required)
Modification - Major (Fee Required)
Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Phone Number*
7045604035
Modification - Minor
Renewal
GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
N DAR-2
Residual Annual Report
Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
https://edoes.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Permit Type:*
Wastewater Irrigation
High -Rate Infiltration
Other Wastewater
Reclaimed Water
Closed -Loop Recycle
Residuals
Single -Family Residence Wastewater
Other
Irrigation
Permit Number:*
WQ0044892
Has Current Existing permit number
Applicant/Permittee Address*
2501 Hollyheights Drive, Durham, NC 27704
Facility Name*
2501 Hollyheight Dr. SFR
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
Please consider this additional information for Permit Number WQ0044892. The property is located at 2501 Hollyheights Ave, Durham NC 27704
(Durham County PIN: 170486). An application package with updates detailed in the preceding letter has been included for your review.
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.
(Application Form, Engineering Plans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
WQ0044892 - Response 04.29.2024.pdf 42.52MB
Upload only 1 PDF document (less than 250 MB). Multiple documents must be combined into one PDF file unless file is larger
than upload limit.
* By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has
been received by the Non -Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order and made payable to the
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ). I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts
of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
Submission Date
,TIo;SS/ �.4fJ�s
4/29/2024